ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Other ·

PG_91A_2

Maximus Confessor · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 540 passages · 131,491 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 6 derived notes 0 open questions 540 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 540 narrative.
  • caution3 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture3 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: John 1:14; Luke 1:28; Psalm 118:24.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

CopticRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:301 · narrative
Source
Οὐ συναριθμεῖται(11) δέ, ὅτι μὴ πέφυκε πρὸς τὴν ἀθάνατον καὶ μακραίωνα ζωὴν συμμεταβαίνειν ἡμῖν τὰ τὴν φύσιν πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν συνέχοντα πάθη. Τέσσαρες δὲ μυριάδες εἰσὶν ἡ τετρὰς τῶν γενικῶν ἀρετῶν· μεθ᾽ ὧν φύσιν καὶ χρόνον διαβὰς ὁ νοῦς πρὸς τὴν μακαρίαν τῆς ἀπαθείας ἀποκαθίσταται λῆξιν. Ὡς γὰρ ἡ μυριὰς τῷ τῆς μονάδος στοιχείῳ μόνη γνωρίζεται(12), παντελῶς δι᾽ ἄλλου γράμματος σημανθῆναι μὴ δυναμένη, ὡς ταὐτὸν οὖσα κατὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενον τῇ μονάδι, κἂν δέχεται μόνῃ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ διαφοράν, ὡς πρὸς ἀρχὴν τέλος τέλος γὰρ μονάδος ἐστὶν ἡ μυριὰς καὶ ( ἀρχὴ μυριάδος ἐστὶν ἡ μονάς, ἤ, κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν, κινουμένη μονάς ἐστιν ἡ μυριὰς καὶ ἀκίνητος μυριάς ἐστιν ἡ μονάς, οὕτω καὶ πᾶσα τῶν γενικῶν ἀρετὴ τὴν θείαν καὶ ἄρρητον μονάδα, φημὶ τὸν Θεόν, ἀρχὴν ἔχει καὶ τέλος, ὡς ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἀρχομένη καὶ λήγουσα, καὶ ταὐτὸν ὑπάρχουσα τῷ Θεῷ, κατὰ μόνον τῆς ἐπινοίας διαφέρουσα τὸν Λόγον, παρ᾽ οὗ καὶ ἐν ᾧ καὶ εἰς ὃν πᾶσα γένεσις ἀρετῆς προδήλως ὑφέστηκεν.
English
It is not counted together, because the passions that by nature hold us to the present life are not naturally able to pass over with us to the immortal and long-lived life. And the four tens of thousands are the tetrad of the generic virtues; with these the mind, having crossed over nature and time, is restored to the blessed lot of impassibility. For just as the ten thousand is known by the element of the monad alone, being unable to be signified at all by another letter, since it is the same as the monad in subject, even though it receives difference by thought alone, as end to beginning—for the ten thousand is the end of the monad, and the monad is the beginning of the ten thousand, or, to speak more properly, the ten thousand is a monad moved and the monad is a ten thousand at rest—so also every virtue of the generic virtues has the divine and ineffable monad, I mean God, as beginning and end, as beginning from him and ending in him, and being the same as God, differing only in the thought of the Word, from whom and in whom and into whom every generation of virtue has plainly subsisted.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:302 · narrative
Source
Ἢ τυχὸν τὰς τέσσαρας προκοπὰς τῶν ἐν τῇ δεκάδι τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, εἰς μῆκος θεωρίας καὶ γνώσεως προβαινόντων, φησὶν εἶναι τὰς τέσσαρας μυριάδας ὁ λόγος. Οἷον, πρώτη προκοπή ἐστιν ἡ ἁπλῶς ἐν τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις μετὰ τὴν ἀποφυγὴν τῆς κακίας(13) πρᾶξις τῶν ἐντολῶν, πλήρη ποιοῦσα τὴν πρώτην δεκάδα, τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ μονάδα. Δευτέρα προκοπή ἐστιν ἡ δι᾽ ἑκάστης ἐντολῆς ἐνεργουμένης τῶν λοιπῶν συμπερίληψις, τὴν αὐτὴν δεκάδα ποιουμένη καὶ ἑκατοντάδα τῇ δι᾽ ἀλλήλων ἑκάστης ἐντολῆς ἐνεργείᾳ συμπληρουμένην. Ἡ γὰρ δεκὰς δεκαχῶς ἐνεργηθεῖσα ποιεῖ τὴν ἑκατοντάδα. Τρίτη προκοπή ἐστιν ἡ κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῆς φύσεως ταύτης τῆς ἑκατοντάδος δεκάπλωσις. Δεκαδικὸς γὰρ καὶ ὁ τῆς φύσεως νόμος ἐστίν, ὡς ἐκ δέκα συνεστηκώς, λέγω δὲ τῶν τριῶν τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεων καὶ τῶν πέντε αἰσθήσεων καὶ τῆς φωνητικῆς ἐνεργείας καὶ τῆς φυσικῆς γονιμότητος· κέχρηται γὰρ τῷ μὲν λογιστικῷ πρὸς τὴν τῆς αἰτίας καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν αἰτίαν καλῶν ζήτησιν, τῷ ἐπιθυμητικῷ δὲ πρὸς πόθον τῶν ζητουμένων, τῷ δὲ θυμικῷ πρὸς φυλακὴν καὶ στοργήν, ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι δὲ πρὸς διάκρισιν πενταχῶς καὶ αὐτὴν διαιρουμένην, ἐξ ἧς ἐπιστήμη γίνεσθαι πέφυκεδιαιρεῖται γὰρ ἡ καθόλου διάκρισις τοῖς ἠργμένοις καὶ οὐκ ἠργμένοις(14), τοῖς νοητέοις καὶ οὐ νοητέοις, τοῖς ῥητέοις καὶ οὐ ῥητέοις, ( τοῖς ποιητέοις καὶ οὐ ποιητέοις, τοῖς φθαρτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀφθάρτοις, τῷ δὲ φωνητικῷ
English
Or perhaps the discourse means the four advances of those who are in the decade of the divine commandments, progressing to the length of contemplation and knowledge, to be the four tens of thousands. For example, the first advance is the simple practice of the commandments in those being introduced, after the avoidance of evil, making the first decade complete, the same also a unit. The second advance is the comprehension of the rest through each commandment being enacted, making the same decade also a hundred, fulfilled by the mutual activity of each commandment. For the decade, enacted tenfold, makes the hundred. The third advance is, according to the law of nature, the tenfold multiplication of this hundred. For the law of nature is also decimal, as consisting of ten—I mean the three powers of the soul and the five senses and the vocal activity and the natural fertility. For it uses the rational faculty for the search of the cause and of the goods pertaining to the cause, the desiring faculty for longing after what is sought, the spirited faculty for guard and affection, and the senses for discrimination divided fivefold also itself, from which knowledge naturally comes to be; for universal discrimination is divided into things begun and things not begun, things intelligible and things not intelligible, things speakable and things not speakable, things to be done and things not to be done, things corruptible and things incorruptible; and the vocal
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:303 · narrative
Source
πρὸς ἔκφανσιν, καὶ τῇ γονιμότητι πρὸς αὔξησιν τῶν ζητηθέντων καὶ ἐπιθυμηθέντων καὶ στερχθέντων καὶ γνωσθέντων καὶ ἐκφανθέντων καλῶν. Γίνεται γοῦν ἡ ἑκατοντάς, κατὰ τὸν νόμον δεκαπλουμένη τῆς φύσεως, χιλιάς. Τετάρτη δὲ προκοπή ἐστιν ἡ διὰ θεωρίας καὶ γνώσεως τοῦ φυσικοῦ νόμου κατὰ τὴν ἀποδοθεῖσαν διαίρεσιν πρὸς τὸν ἑκάστης ἐντολῆς ἀρχικώτερον λόγον ἀνάβασις, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ μυριὰς συναγομένη θεωρεῖται, τῷ τῆς πρώτης μονάδος στοιχείῳ γνωριζομένη. Ὁ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ἐνεργήσας τὰς ἐντολάς, καὶ πάλιν κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστης ἐνέργειαν τὰς ἄλλας συμπαραλαβών, καὶ αὖθις τῇ περιλήψει τούτων τὴν τοῦ φυσικοῦ νόμου συζεύξας διάκρισιν, καὶ τοῦτον πάλιν πρὸς τὸν ἑκάστης ἐντολῆς λόγον γνωστικῶς ἀναβιβάσας τὰς τέσσαρας μυριάδας συνήγαγεν, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην προκοπὴν τῷ τῆς μονάδος τιμηθεὶς μυστηρίῳ, πρὸς ἣν ὁ τῆς μυριάδος συνάγεται λόγος. Ἢ πάλιν, τὰς λεγομένας τέσσαρας γενικὰς ἀπαθείας αἱ τέσσαρες μυριάδες σημαίνουσιν. Πρώτη γάρ ἐστιν ἀπάθεια(15) ἡ παντελὴς ἀποχὴ τῶν κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν κακῶν, ἐν τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις θεωρουμένη, δευτέρα(16) δὲ ἡ παντελὴς κατὰ διάνοιαν περὶ τὴν τῶν κακῶν συγκατάθεσιν ἀποβολὴ λογισμῶν, ἐν τοῖς μετὰ λόγου τὴν ἀρετὴν μετιοῦσι γινομένη, τρίτη(17) ἡ κατ᾽ ἐπιθυμίαν περὶ τὰ πάθη παντελὴς ἀκινησία ἐν τοῖς διὰ τῶν σχημάτων τοὺς λόγους νοητῶς θεωμένοις τῶν ὁρωμένων, τετάρτη ἀπάθεια(18) ἡ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ψιλῆς τῶν παθῶν φαντασίας παντελὴς κάθαρσις, ἐν τοῖς διὰ γνώσεως καὶ θεωρίας καθαρὸν καὶ διειδὲς ἔσοπτρον τοῦ Θεοῦ ποιησαμένοις τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν συνισταμένη.
English
For the manifestation, and by its fruitfulness for the increase, of the good things that were sought and desired and loved and known and made manifest. Thus the hundred, multiplied tenfold according to the law of nature, becomes a thousand. And the fourth advance is the ascent through contemplation and knowledge of the natural law, according to the division that has been set forth, toward the more archetypal principle of each commandment, by which the ten thousand, gathered together, is contemplated, being known by the element of the first monad. For he who has simply practiced the commandments, and again in the practice of each has taken up the others along with it, and again by the comprehension of these has joined to them the discernment of the natural law, and has again raised this in a gnostic manner to the principle of each commandment, has gathered the four ten-thousands, being honored in each advance by the mystery of the monad, to which the principle of the ten thousand is gathered. Or again, the four ten-thousands signify the so-called four generic impassibilities. For the first impassibility is the complete abstention from evils in act, contemplated in those who are being introduced; the second is the complete rejection of thoughts concerning consent to evils in the mind, occurring in those who pursue virtue with reason; the third is the complete immobility of desire concerning the passions in those who contemplate intelligibly the principles of visible things through their forms; the fourth impassibility is the complete purification even of the bare imagination of the passions, consisting in those who have made their governing faculty a pure and translucent mirror of God through knowledge and contemplation.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:304 · narrative
Source
Ὁ τοίνυν καθάρας ἑαυτὸν ἐνεργείας παθῶν καὶ τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς κατὰ διάνοιαν συγκαταθέσεως ἐλευθερώσας καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτὰ κατ᾽ ἐπιθυμίαν κινήσεως στάσιν λαβὼν καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ( ψιλῆς φαντασίας τὸν νοῦν καταστήσας ἀμόλυντον τὰς τέσσαρας μυριάδας ἔχων ἐξέρχεται τῆς ὕλης καὶ τῶν ὑλικῶν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν θείαν καὶ εἰρηνικὴν τῶν νοητῶν ἐπείγεται λῆξιν. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν νοείσθωσαν ἡμῖν αἱ τέσσαρες μυριάδες. Αἱ δὲ τρεῖς χιλιάδες(19) τὸν τέλειον καὶ ὀρθὸν καὶ εὐσεβῆ περὶ τῆς ἁγίας καὶ ὁμοουσίου Τριάδος θεολογικὸν σημαίνουσιν λόγον, καθ᾽ ὃν ἡ ἁγία τρισυπόστατος μονὰς εἷς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ὑμνεῖται Θεὸς καὶ πιστεύεται. Οἱ δὲ τριακόσιοι τὸν περὶ προνοίας ἐνταῦθα παραδηλοῦσι λόγον, οὐχ ὅτι μόνον τῷ σχήματι τοῦ γράμματος(20) ἡ ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ τὰ κάτω διήκουσα καὶ τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν πλαγίων τὰ ἄκρα περιλαμβάνουσα σημαίνεται δύναμιςὅπερ τὴν τὸ πᾶν διασφίγγουσαν ἀρρήτως δηλοῖ πρόνοιαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ τῷ τοῦ σταυροῦ τύπῳ τετίμηται, ἐν ᾧ τὸ μέγα καὶ πρῶτον καὶ ἀπόκρυφον τῆς προνοίας ἐπετελέσθη μυστήριον. Προνοίας γὰρ καθέστηκε τρόπος ἀπόρρητος τὸ μέγα τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ μυστήριον· ᾧ τύπῳ μετὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς προσηλωθέντος τάχα θαρρήσας ὁ μέγας πατριάρχης Ἀβραὰμ μετὰ τριακοσίων δέκα καὶ ὀκτώ, τουτέστι τύπου καὶ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ, τὰς δηλουμένας διὰ τῶν βασιλέων ἀντικειμένας ἐξελθὼν κατεπάλαισε δυνάμεις. Πολλάκις γὰρ οἶδεν ἡ Γραφὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι σχημάτων τὸν ἴδιον φανερῶσαι σκόπον τοῖς ἐπὶ τούτῳ καθαιρομένοις.
English
He, then, who has purified himself of the activities of the passions and has freed himself from the assent to them in the mind, and has taken a stand against the movement toward them in desire, and has set his intellect undefiled by their mere fantasy, goes out with the four myriads from matter and material things, and hastens toward the divine and peaceful lot of things intelligible. Let the four myriads, then, be understood by us in this way. But the three thousand signify the perfect and right and pious theological account concerning the holy and consubstantial Trinity, according to which the holy Trinity of persons, a monad, is hymned and believed by us to be one God. And the three hundred here indicate the account concerning providence, not only because by the shape of the letter the power that extends from above to things below and encompasses the extremities of the two sides is signified—which declares ineffably the providence that holds all things together—but also because it is honored by the type of the cross, in which the great and first and hidden mystery of providence was accomplished. For the great mystery of God's becoming man is an ineffable mode of providence; and with this type together with the name of the one crucified upon it for our sake, the great patriarch Abraham, perhaps taking courage, went out with three hundred and eighteen—that is, with the type and the name of Jesus—and wrestled down the opposing powers signified by the kings. For Scripture often knows how to reveal its own purpose even from the shapes of the letters, to those who are purified for this.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:305 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ βούλεταί τις τὸ βούλημα σκοπῆσαι τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς, καὶ οὕτω τὴν πρόνοιαν δι᾽ αὐτοῦ μηνυομένην εὑρήσει προνοίας γὰρ ἔργον οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸν ἑαυτῆς τοῦ εἶναι λόγον φυλάξαι τὴν φύσιν ἀμείωτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἐπίκτητον τοῦ εὖ εἶναι χάριτι λόγον ἀνελλιπῶς ἔχουσαν δεῖξαι. Οὐκοῦν τοῖς διακοσίοις τὰ ἑκατὸν συνάψας τις ἀποτελεῖ τὸν τριακόσια, δηλοῦντα φύσιν καὶ ἀρετήν. Φασὶν γὰρ τὸν διακόσια ( πολλάκις σημαίνειν ἀριθμὸν τὴν φύσιν, ὡς ἐξ ὕλης καὶ εἴδους ὑπάρχουσαν, εἴπερ ἡ ὕλη τετραδικὴ διὰ τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα, τὸ δὲ εἶδος πενταδικὸν διὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν τὴν τὸ ὑλικὸν πρὸς εἶδος σχηματίζουσαν φύραμα. Πεντάκις γὰρ συνθεὶς τὸν τεσσαράκοντα ἢ τετράκις τὸν πεντήκοντα ποιεῖς τὸν διακόσια. Ὁ δὲ ἑκατὸν ἀριθμὸς(21) τὴν τελείαν ἀρετὴν σημαίνει, ὡς ἔχων δεκαπλουμένην τὴν θείαν δεκάδα τῶν ἐντολῶν· εἰς ἣν φθάσας ὁ Ἀβραὰμ πατὴρ γίνεται τοῦ μεγάλου Ἰσαάκ, νεκρὸς κατὰ φύσιν, ζωῆς καὶ χαρᾶς γεννήτωρ κατὰ Πνεῦμα γενόμενος. Συνθεὶς οὖν τοῖς διακοσίοις τὰ ἑκατόν, τὸν τριακόσια πληρώσαις ἂν ἀριθμόν, δηλοῦντα τὴν πρόνοιαν, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι λόγον τὴν φύσιν συνέχουσαν.
English
But if someone wishes to discern the intention of Holy Scripture also from the number, he will thus find the providence made known through it. For it is the work of providence not only to preserve nature unimpaired according to its own principle of being, but also to show it possessing without deficiency, by grace, the acquired principle of well-being. So then, joining one hundred to two hundred, one completes the number three hundred, which signifies nature and virtue. For they say that the number two hundred often signifies nature, as existing from matter and form, since matter is fourfold because of the four elements, and form is fivefold because of the senses, which shape the material compound toward form. For five times forty, or four times fifty, makes two hundred. And the number one hundred signifies perfect virtue, as having the divine decade of the commandments multiplied tenfold; reaching this, Abraham becomes the father of the great Isaac, being dead according to nature, and becoming a begetter of life and joy according to the Spirit. Having therefore joined the one hundred to the two hundred, you would fill up the number three hundred, which signifies providence, holding nature together according to the principle of well-being.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:306 · narrative
Source
Ὁ δὲ ἑξήκοντα τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ποιητικὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν σημαίνει δύναμιν τετελειωμένην τοῖς λόγοις τῶν ἀρετῶν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἓξ τὴν ποιητικὴν σημαίνει τῆς φύσεως δύναμιν, ὡς τέλειος καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων μερῶν συνιστάμενοςδιὸ καὶ ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις πεποιηκέναι τὸν Θεὸν τὸν κόσμον γέγραπται, ὁ δὲ δέκα τὸ τέλειον τῆς ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ἀρετῆς δηλοῖ, ἄρα ὁ ἑξήκοντα(22) τὴν κατὰ φύσιν δεκτικὴν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς θείων λόγων σαφῶς παραδηλοῖ δύναμιν. Οὐκοῦν αἱ τέσσαρες μυριάδες πρὸς τοῖς τρισχιλίοις τριακοσίοις καὶ ἑξήκοντα δηλοῦσι τὸν τέλειον περὶ ἀρετῆς λόγον καὶ τὸ σεπτὸν τῆς θεολογίας μυστήριον καὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ τῆς προνοίας σκοπὸν καὶ τὴν ἀρεταῖς ποιωθεῖσαν πρακτικὴν τῆς φύσεως δύναμιν· μεθ᾽ ὧν ὁ σαρκὸς αἰσθήσεώς τε καὶ κόσμου τῷ Πνεύματι διακρίνας τὸν νοῦν πάντως ἐξέρχεται, τὴν ἐν ἀλλήλοις τούτων ἀφείς, ὡς τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν οἱ πάλαι, φύρσιν καὶ σύγχυσιν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πόλιν ἐπείγεται, πάσης τὸν νοῦν ἔχων τῆς πρὸς ὁτιοῦν σχέσεως ἄνετον. ( Παῖδες τούτων καὶ παιδίσκαι ἑπτακισχίλιοι τριακόσιοι ἑπτά. Ὁ νόμος, ἐν τῷ περὶ παίδων καὶ παιδισκῶν τόπῳ διαγορεύων, φησὶ τοὺς ἑβραίους παῖδας καὶ παιδίσκας ἓξ ἔτη δουλεύειν καὶ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ ἀπολύεσθαι ἐλευθέρους, τοὺς δὲ ἀλλοφύλους παῖδας καὶ παιδίσκας δουλεύειν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸ πεντηκοστὸν ἔτος οἶμαι τῆς ἀφέσεως αἰῶνα καλῶν. Ἑβραῖος δὲ παῖς καὶ ἑβραία παιδίσκη εἰσὶν οἱ τῷ πρακτικῷ φιλοσόφῳ δουλεύοντες ἓξ ἔτη λόγος καὶ διάνοια πρὸς ἐπίνοιαν τῆς ἠθικῆς εὐπρεπείας καὶ ἀρετῆς τρόπων ἐξεύρεσιν.
English
But the number sixty signifies the natural productive power of the commandments, perfected in the principles of the virtues. For if six signifies the productive power of nature, as being perfect and constituted from its own parts—which is why it is written that God made the world in six days—and ten declares the perfection of the virtue that is in the commandments, then sixty clearly indicates the natural capacity for receiving the divine principles contained in the commandments. Therefore the four ten-thousands together with the three thousand three hundred and sixty declare the perfect principle concerning virtue, the venerable mystery of theology, the true aim of providence, and the practical power of nature made quality by the virtues. With these, the one who has distinguished the mind by the Spirit from the senses of the flesh and of the world altogether goes out, leaving behind the mutual intermingling and confusion of these, as the ancients did the Babylonian, and hastens toward the city above, keeping the mind free from every attachment to anything. (Their male and female servants, seven thousand three hundred and seven. The Law, in the passage concerning male and female servants, decrees, saying that Hebrew male and female servants are to serve six years and in the seventh to be released free, but foreign male and female servants are to serve forever, calling, I think, the fiftieth year of release an "age." A Hebrew male servant and a Hebrew female servant are those who serve the practical philosopher for six years—reason and thought—for the conception of ethical propriety and the discovery of the manner of the virtues.)
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:307 · narrative
Source
Παντὶ γὰρ πρακτικῷ, παιδὸς καὶ παιδίσκης δίκην, ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ διάνοια μοχθοῦσι, τοὺς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τῆς πράξεως τρόπους ἐπινοοῦντές τε καὶ δημιουργοῦντες, καὶ οἷον πᾶσαν ἑαυτῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀντικειμένων τῇ πρακτικῇ πνευμάτων τῆς πονηρίας τὴν δύναμιν ἔχοντες ἀντιτεταγμένην. Πληρώσαντες οὖν τὴν πρακτικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ὁ ἓξ τῶν ἐτῶν παρεδήλωσεν ἀριθμόςεἴρηται γὰρ ὡς ὁ ἓξ ἀριθμὸς τὴν πρακτικὴν σημαίνει φιλοσοφίαν, ἐλεύθεροι πρὸς τὴν πνευματικὴν ἀπολύονται δηλονότι τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι συγγενῶν λόγων θεωρίαν ἐπανερχόμενοι, ὅ τε λόγος καὶ ἡ διάνοια, ὁπηνίκα κατὰ τὸ ἕβδομον ἔτος(23) γένωνται, τουτέστι τῆς ἀπαθείας τὴν ἕξιν, καθ᾽ ἣν δαμασθέντα τῷ πολλῷ καμάτῳ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς συνημμένης αὐτῷ διανοίας ὑποχωρεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ πάθη καὶ ὑπεξίσταται. Ἀλλόφυλος δὲ παῖς ἐστι καὶ παιδίσκη ὁ θυμὸς καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία, οὓς ὑποζεύγνυσι διαπαντὸς τῇ δεσποτείᾳ τοῦ λόγου πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν τῶν ἀρετῶν δι᾽ ἀνδρείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ὁ θεωρητικὸς νοῦς, μὴ διδοὺς αὐτοῖς παντελῶς τὴν πρὸς ἐλευθερίαν ἄφεσιν, ἕως ἂν καταποθῇ τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Πνεύματος τελείως ὁ τῆς φύσεως νόμος, καθάπερ ὑπὸ ζωῆς ἀπείρου σαρκὸς δυστήνου θάνατος, καὶ πᾶσα δειχθῇ καθαρῶς ἡ τῆς ἀνάρχου βασιλείας(24) εἰκών, πᾶσαν ἔχουσα τοῦ ἀρχετύπου διὰ μιμήσεως τὴν μορφήν· καθ᾽ ἣν γενόμενος ὁ θεωρητικὸς νοῦς, ἐλευθέρους ( ποιεῖται τόν τε θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν(25), τὴν μὲν πρὸς τὴν ἀκήρατον τοῦ θείου ἔρωτος ἡδονὴν καὶ τὴν ἄχραντον θέλξιν μετασκευάζων, τὸν δὲ πρὸς ζέσιν πνευματικὴν καὶ διάπυρον ἀεικινησίαν καὶ σώφρονα μανίαν μεταβιβάζων·
English
For every practical man, like a boy and a maidservant, the reason and the thought labor, devising and producing the ways of action according to virtue, and having, as it were, all their power arrayed against the spirits of wickedness that oppose the practical life. Having therefore fulfilled the practical philosophy, which the number six of the years indicated—for it has been said that the number six signifies the practical philosophy—they are released, clearly, to the spiritual contemplation of the kindred principles in existing things, returning back, both the reason and the thought, whenever they come to be in the seventh year, that is, to the state of impassibility, according to which the passions of the soul, subdued by the great labor of the reason and of the thought conjoined with it, give way and withdraw. But the foreign boy and maidservant are anger and desire, which the contemplative intellect always yokes to the mastery of the reason for the service of the virtues through courage and temperance, not giving them complete release toward freedom, until the law of nature is perfectly swallowed up by the law of the Spirit, as death is swallowed up by the endless life of wretched flesh, and the whole image of the unoriginate kingdom is shown clearly, having all the form of the archetype through imitation; coming to be according to this, the contemplative intellect makes both anger and desire free, transforming the one toward the undefiled pleasure of divine love and the pure delight, and transferring the other toward spiritual boiling and fiery, ceaseless motion and temperate madness.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:308 · narrative
Source
καθ᾽ ἥν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ ἀκηράτου φωτὸς ἀκτὶς ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος Παῦλος γενόμενος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἤκουσε παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀγρίππα μαίνῃ, Παῦλε, καὶ πάλιν αὐτός, περὶ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς Κορινθίους γράφων εἴτε ἐξέστημεν, Θεῷ, εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν, ὑμῖν, τὴν κατὰ Θεὸν σώφρονα μανίαν ἔκστασιν δηλονότι καλέσας, ὡς ἔξω ποιουμένην τῶν ὄντων τὸν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν σώφρονα νοῦν. Τὸν δὲ τούτων ἀριθμὸν σημαίνειν ὑπονοῶ τὴν κατὰ τὸν λόγον χρονικὴν μετὰ τῆς ἀπαθείας τῶν τρόπων πρόνοιαν(26)· καθ᾽ ἣν καὶ λόγῳ καὶ διανοίᾳ καθάπερ ἑβραίοις παισὶ καὶ παιδίσκαις δουλεύουσι κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐπικείμενος ὁ νοῦς ὁρίζει τὰ μέτρα τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τούτων ὑπουργίας, μεταφέρων πρὸς θεωρίαν, καί, θυμοῦ καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ὡς ἀλλοφύλων παίδων καὶ παιδισκῶν ἐπιμελούμενος ὡς δούλων δεσπότης, πρὸς τὴν ἰσότιμον ἄγει κατὰ τὸ τέλος(27) ἐλευθερίαν, τὴν μὲν ἐπιθυμίαν ποιῶν ἔφεσιν τῶν θείων ἀπολαυστικήν, τὸν δὲ θυμόν, τόνον ἀπολαυστικῆς ἐφέσεως ἄληκτον, καὶ ἀποτελῶν ἑβραίους ἀληθινοὺς κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους δούλους.
English
By which, as it seems, the great ray of the undefiled light, the great apostle Paul, having become in the Acts, heard from king Agrippa: You are mad, Paul, and again he himself, writing about himself to the Corinthians: whether we were beside ourselves, it is to God; or whether we are sober, it is for you, calling the sober madness according to God a ecstasy, clearly, as making the sober mind according to it to be outside of beings. But I suspect that the number of these signifies the temporal providence according to the reason together with the impassibility of the ways; according to which, both by reason and by thought, as to Hebrew boys and maidservants they serve in practice, the mind presiding defines the measures of their service according to virtue, transferring them to contemplation, and, taking care of anger and desire as of foreign boys and maidservants as a master of slaves, leads them to the equal-honored freedom according to the end, making desire indeed an enjoyable longing for divine things, and anger an unceasing tension of the enjoyable longing, and rendering the foreign slaves true Hebrews according to grace.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:309 · narrative
Source
Ψάλται καὶ ψαλτῳδοὶ ὀκτακόσιοι πεντηκονταπέντε. Ψάλται(28) εἰσὶν οἱ τὸν θεῖον λόγον τοῖς τῶν ἀρετῶν τρόποις ἄνευ θεωρίας κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀναφωνοῦντες. Ψαλτῳδοί(29) εἰσιν οἱ τὸν θεῖον λόγον τοῖς τῶν ἀρετῶν τρόποις μετὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν γνωστικῆς τερπνότητος τοῖς ἄλλοις μυσταγωγοῦντες καὶ τὰ νοητὰ αὐτῶν ὦτα καθηδύνοντες. Ὁ δὲ τούτων ἀριθμὸς δηλοῖ τὴν ἐφικτὴν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιστήμην τῶν αἰωνίων. Ὁ ( γὰρ ὀκτακόσια(30) καὶ ὁ πεντήκοντα ὁ μὲν τοὺς τῆς γνώσεως, ὁ δὲ τοὺς τῶν ἀρετῶν μέλλοντας λόγους ὑποφαίνει· ὁ δὲ πέντε τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐπιστήμην παρίστησι, καθὼς περὶ τοῦ πέντε μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἀποδεδώκαμεν ἀριθμοῦ. Κάμηλοι τετρακόσιαι τριακονταπέντε. Κάμηλοι, συνεξιοῦσαι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, σὺν ἐλευθερίᾳ πολλῇ τῆς πικρᾶς ἀπολυομένοις αἰχμαλωσίας, εἰσὶν αἱ φυσικαὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων διάφοροι θεωρίαι, κατὰ τὴν κάμηλον ἔχουσαι πρὸς μὲν αἴσθησιν, ὥσπερ πόδας, ἀκαθάρτους τὰς ἐπιφανείας τῶν ὁρατῶν, πρὸς δὲ νοῦν, ὥσπερ κεφαλήν, καθαροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς ὑψηλοτέρους ἐν πνεύματι λόγους. Καὶ τάχα περὶ τούτων τῶν καμήλων τὴν δόξαν τῆς νοουμένης Ἱερουσαλὴμ προφητικῶς ὁ μέγας προδεικνὺς Ἡσαΐας ἔφη καὶ καλύψουσί σε κάμηλοι Μαδιὰμ καὶ Γεφάρ(31), τουτέστιν αἱ πνευματικαὶ θεωρίαι τῶν κατὰ φύσιν παθῶν. ‘Ἔκκρισις’ γὰρ Μαδιὰμ ἑρμηνεύεται ἢ ‘πηλὸς αἱματώδης ἢ ἱδρῶτες ἀνθρώπινοι καὶ μητρός,’ Γεφὰρ δὲ ‘κτῆσις νώτου,’ ὅπέρ ἐστι θεωρία εἰς ὕψος αἰρομένη τῶν περὶ σάρκα παθῶν, ψυχῆς δὲ νῶτον, ὡς ὀπίσθιον, ἡ σάρξ·
English
Psalmists and singers of psalms, eight hundred and fifty-five. Psalmists are those who proclaim the divine word through the modes of the virtues, without contemplation, in the realm of practice. Singers of psalms are those who, through the modes of the virtues, together with the gnostic delight that comes from contemplation, guide others into the mysteries and sweeten their spiritual ears. Their number indicates the knowledge of eternal things that is attainable by humans. For eight hundred and fifty suggest the words of knowledge and of the virtues respectively; and five presents the knowledge that pertains to these, just as we set forth concerning the number five a little earlier. Camels, four hundred and thirty-five. The camels, which are joined with the sons of Israel as they are released with great freedom from bitter captivity, are the natural, varied contemplations of things seen, having, like the camel, in relation to sense, as it were feet, the unclean surfaces of visible things, but in relation to the mind, as it were a head, the pure and higher spiritual principles within them. And perhaps the great Isaiah, prophetically prefiguring the glory of the Jerusalem that is understood, spoke concerning these camels: And the camels of Midian and Ephah shall cover you, that is, the spiritual contemplations of the natural passions. For Midian is interpreted as "separation," or "bloody mud," or "human sweats and of a mother," while Ephah is "possession of the back," which is the contemplation of the passions concerning the flesh raised on high, and the back of the soul, as that which is behind, is the flesh.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:310 · narrative
Source
οἷς, καθάπερ πόλιν ἁγίαν, τὴν πνευματικὴν τῆς εἰρηνικῆς καὶ ἀστασιάστου τῶν μυστικῶν θεαμάτων γνώσεως λῆξιν, οἷα τείχεσι, καλύπτεσθαί φησιν ὁ λόγος. Δηλοῖ δὲ τὴν ἀποδοθεῖσαν δύναμιν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἀριθμός(32), τὴν περὶ φύσιν καὶ χρόνον λογικὴν σημαίνων κίνησιν. Καὶ ἵπποι ἑπτακισχίλιοι ἑπτακόσιοι τριακονταέξ. Ἵππος ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν τῷ δρόμῳ τῶν ἀρετῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον ἔχων ὅλην τοῦ θυμοῦ τὴν εὐτονίαν. Φασὶ γὰρ τοῦ ἵππου τὴν χολὴν εἰς τὰς κατὰ φύσιν τῶν ποδῶν ὠτειλὰς εἶναι. Διὸ καὶ πάντων τῶν λοιπῶν ἡμέρων ζῴων καὶ τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπεζευγμένων ἐκρίθη μᾶλλον πρὸς δρόμον ἐπιτηδειότερός τε καὶ δυνατώτερος· ( οἷς παρεικάσας τοὺς ἁγίους ἀποστόλους ὁ μέγας προφήτης Ἀμβακοὺμ διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματός φησι καὶ ἐπεβίβασας εἰς θάλασσαν τοὺς ἵππους σου, ταράσσοντας ὕδατα πολλά, ἵππους καλέσας τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ μακαρίους ἀποστόλους, τὸν σωτήριον τῆς ἀληθείας λόγον βαστάζοντας ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν καὶ βασιλέων ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ, ὃν τροπικῶς ὠνόμασε θάλασσαν· καὶ τὰ ἔθνη παρείκασεν ὕδασι, διὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Πνεύματος μεγάλης δυνάμεως ταρασσόμενά τε καὶ σειόμενα, καὶ τῷ σωτηρίῳ σεισμῷ μεταβιβαζόμενα πρὸς πίστιν ἐξ ἀπιστίας καὶ πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν ἐξ ἀγνωσίας καὶ ἀπὸ κακίας εἰς ἀρετήν.
English
By these, as by a holy city, the word says that the spiritual lot of the peaceful and unperturbed knowledge of mystical visions is covered, as by walls. The number itself also makes clear the power that was assigned, signifying the rational motion concerning nature and time. And horses seven thousand seven hundred and thirty-six. A horse is one who in the race of the virtues in his life has the whole intensity of his spirited faculty. For they say that the gall of the horse is in the natural hollows of its feet. Therefore, compared with all the remaining tame animals and with the nature of men that are yoked beneath, it was judged more suitable and more powerful for running; to which the great prophet Habakkuk, likening the holy apostles, says through the Spirit, "And you brought your horses into the sea, troubling many waters," calling the holy and blessed apostles horses, who carry the saving word of truth before nations and kings in the whole world, which he figuratively named the sea; and he likened the nations to waters, troubled and shaken by the great power in the word of the Spirit, and transferred by the saving shaking from unbelief to faith and from ignorance to knowledge and from vice to virtue.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:311 · narrative
Source
Δηλοῖ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν ἵππων ὁ ἀριθμός (7.736)(33), τὴν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας ἕξιν τυπῶν. Ὁ γὰρ ἑπτακισχίλια ἑπτακόσια ἀριθμὸς ὡς χρονικὸς σημαίνει τὴν ἐν ἀρεταῖς ὀξεῖαν κίνησιν, ὁ δὲ τριακονταὲξ τὴν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς συντρέχουσαν τῆς φύσεως πρᾶξιν. Ἡμίονοι δὲ ὀκτακόσιοι τεσσαρακονταπέντε. Ἡμίονός ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἐπαινούμενον λόγον ἡ παντελῶς κατὰ κακίαν ἄγονος ἕξις. Διὸ πάνυ τῷ πνεύματι τῆς Γραφῆς προσφυῶς τε καὶ πρεπόντως ὁ βασιλεύειν λαχὼν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οὐχ ἵππῳ ἀλλ᾽ ἡμιόνῳ καθέζεσθαι προσετάγη, τοῦ λόγου δηλοῦντος ὅτι δεῖ τὸν θεωρητικὸν νοῦν, βασιλεύοντα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι νοημάτων τε καὶ θεαμάτων καὶ τῶν οἰκείων κινημάτων, ἕξιν ἄγονον ἔχειν κακίας, τουτέστι κακίαν μήτε συλλαμβάνουσαν παντελῶς μήτε τίκτουσαν· ἐφ᾽ ἧς αὐτὸν δεῖ περὶ θεωρίαν κινούμενον φέρεσθαι, μήπως, πνευματικὴν ποιούμενος τὴν τῶν ὄντων διάσκεψιν, λαθὼν περιπέσῃ τινὶ τῶν παραφθείρειν διά τινος τῶν αἰσθητῶν πεφυκότων πονηρῶν πνευμάτων τὴν ἁγνὴν τῆς καρδίας διάθεσιν.
English
The number of the horses itself also makes this clear, typifying the habitual state of practical philosophy according to virtue. For the number seven thousand seven hundred, as a temporal number, signifies the swift motion in virtues, while the thirty-six signifies the activity of nature running together with the virtues. And eight hundred forty-five mules. According to the commended account, a mule is the habitual state wholly barren as regards vice. Therefore, very aptly and fittingly to the spirit of Scripture, the one allotted to reign over Israel was commanded to sit not on a horse but on a mule, the word showing that the contemplative mind, reigning over the thoughts and visions among beings and over its own motions, must have a habitual state barren of vice, that is, a vice that neither conceives at all nor gives birth; upon which it must be borne as it moves toward contemplation, lest, when making a spiritual examination of beings, it unnoticed fall into some of the evil spirits that are naturally disposed to corrupt the pure disposition of the heart through some one of the sensible things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:312 · narrative
Source
Οἴδαμεν δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ ψόγῳ κειμένην τῇ Γραφῇ τὴν ἡμίονον, ( ὡς τὸ μὴ γίνεσθε ἵππος καὶ ἡμίονος, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι σύνεσις, ἵππον καλέσαντος τοῦ λόγου τὴν χρεμετίζουσαν ἕξιν ταῖς τῶν παθῶν ἡδοναῖς, καὶ ἡμίονον τὴν τὸ καλὸν μήτε συλλαμβάνουσαν μήτε τίκτουσαν ἕξιν, ἃς ἀπηγόρευσεν ὁ λόγος ἰσοτίμως τοῖς σωτηρίας ἐφιεμένοις, τὴν μὲν ὡς ἐνεργητικὴν κακίας, τὴν δὲ ὡς ἀρετῆς ἀπραξίαν ἔχουσαν. Καὶ ἡ Ἀβεσσαλὼμ δὲ ἡμίονος ἐπὶ ψόγῳ λαμβάνεται· ἐφ᾽ ἧς καθίσας ἐξῆλθε τὸν θάνατον ἐπιζητῶν τοῦ γεννήσαντος, δηλοῦντος ἐν τούτοις τοῦ Πνεύματος ὡς ὁ κενοδοξίᾳ τινὶ δι᾽ ἀρετὴν ἢ γνῶσιν τρωθείς, τὴν κόμην ματαίως διατρέφων τῆς οἰήσεως ἐπιτετεχνασμένην τε καὶ μικτήν, ὥσπερ ἡμίονον πρὸς ἀπάτην τῶν θεωμένων τὴν ἠθικὴν ἐπιδείκνυται πολιτείαν· ἐφ᾽ ἧς αἰωρούμενος οἴεται τὸν γεννήσαντα διὰ τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ Λόγου πατέρα χειρώσασθαι, πᾶσαν βουλόμενος τὴν τῷ πατρὶ προσοῦσαν θεόθεν δόξαν τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως, ὡς ὑπερήφανος, εἰς ἑαυτὸν τυραννικῶς ἐφελκύσασθαι. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ τοιοῦτος, ἐξελθὼν εἰς τὸ πλάτος(34) τῆς ἐν πνεύματι φυσικῆς θεωρίας πρὸς τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας λογικὸν πόλεμον, διὰ τὴν ζῶσαν αἴσθησιν τῷ δάσει τῆς δρυὸς τῶν ὑλικῶν θεαμάτων κρατεῖται τῆς κόμης, αὐτὴν ἔχων δεσμοῦσαν τὸν νοῦν πρὸς θάνατον τὴν διάκενον οἴησιν, τὴν κρεμνῶσαν αὐτὸν ἀναμέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναμέσον τῆς γῆς. Οὐ γὰρ ἔχει γνῶσιν ὁ κενόδοξος καθάπερ οὐρανὸν ἀνέλκουσαν αὐτὸν τῆς κατασπώσης οἰήσεως, οὐδ᾽ αὖ πάλιν γῆντὴν ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει λέγω βάσιν τῆς πράξεωςκαθέλκουσαν αὐτὸν τῆς ἀνασπώσης αὐτὸν φυσιώσεως·
English
We know also that Scripture places the mule under censure, as in the verse "Be not as the horse and the mule, which have no understanding," where the Word calls "horse" the habit that neighs with the pleasures of the passions, and "mule" the habit that neither conceives nor brings forth the good; these the Word forbids equally to those who strive for salvation, the one as being productive of evil, the other as having inactivity in virtue. And Absalom's mule too is taken under censure, on which he sat and went out seeking the death of his father, the Spirit showing in these things that whoever is wounded by some vainglory on account of virtue or knowledge, vainly nourishing the hair of his conceit, artfully woven and mixed, displays his ethical conduct like a mule for the deception of onlookers; suspended upon it he imagines that he will overpower the father who begot him through the teaching of the Word, wishing, as a proud man, tyrannically to draw to himself all the glory of virtue and knowledge that belongs to the father from God. But such a man, having gone out into the breadth of natural contemplation in the Spirit for the rational war on behalf of truth, is seized by the hair through the living sense by the thicket of the oak of material spectacles, having as his bond unto death the empty conceit that binds his mind, which suspends him between heaven and between earth. For the vainglorious man has no knowledge that draws him up like a heaven from the conceit that drags him down, nor again earth—I mean the foundation of action in humility—that draws him down from the inflation that pulls him up.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:313 · narrative
Source
ὃν πενθεῖ καὶ θανόντα, διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν, ὡς φιλόθεος, ὁ γεννήσας διδάσκαλος μιμήσει Θεοῦ, μὴ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ὡς τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι καὶ ζῆν αὐτόν. Ἵνα δὲ καὶ κατ᾽ ἄλλον τρόπον θεωρήσωμεν τὸν τόπον, ( Δαβὶδ τὸν πρακτικὸν νοῦν σαφῶς παραδείκνυσιν, Ἀβεσσαλὼμ δὲ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πρακτικοῦ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ νοῦ πρὸς αἴσθησιν συνουσίαν τικτομένην οἴησιν. Αἴσθησις γάρ ἐστιν ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ βασιλέως Γεσσούρ, ἣν λαβὼν ὁ Δαβὶδ τὸν Ἀβεσσαλὼμ ἐγέννησεν. Ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Γεσσοὺρ ‘ὁδηγία τοίχου.’ Τοῖχος δὲ τὸ σῶμα προδήλως καθέστηκεν, ὁδηγία δὲ τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ νόμος τοῦ σώματος, ἤγουν ἡ αἴσθησις, ἐξ ἧς γεννᾶται Ἀβεσσαλώμ, ‘πατρὸς εἰρήνη νομιζομένη’ ἑρμηνευόμενος, ὅπέρ ἐστι σαφῶς ἡ οἴησις. Νομίζοντες γὰρ εἰρηνεύειν παθῶν, συνιστῶμεν τὴν οἴησιν· ἣν ἐπαναστᾶσαν αὐτῷ γνοὺς ὁ μέγας Δαβίδ, ἅτε γνώσει τὴν πρᾶξιν διατελῶν καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἀφείς, φεύγει πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου πρὸς τὴν γῆν Γαλαάδ, τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν ‘μετοικίαν τοῦ πένθους’ ἢ τὴν ‘μετοικίαν τῆς μαρτυρίας’ ἢ τὴν ‘ἀποκάλυψιν αὐτῶν,’ ἀνάξιον ἑαυτὸν κρίνας, διὰ τὴν ἐπαναστᾶσαν οἴησιν, τῆς ἁγίας σκηνῆς, τουτέστι τῆς μυστικῆς θεολογίας, καὶ τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ τουτέστι τῆς
English
Whom the teacher who begot him, being a lover of God, mourns even in death, out of love for humanity, in imitation of God, not willing the death of the sinner as rather that he turn and live. But that we may also contemplate the passage in another way: David clearly prefigures the practical mind, and Absalom the presumption born from the practical mind through the mind's intercourse with sense. For sense is the daughter of the king of Geshur, whom David took and begot Absalom. And Geshur is interpreted as "guidance of a wall." Now the wall is plainly the body, and the guidance of the body is the law of the body, that is, sense, from which is born Absalom, interpreted as "peace of father, as it is thought," which is clearly presumption. For thinking that we are at peace from the passions, we establish presumption; and the great David, perceiving that it had risen up against him, since he was engaged in practice through knowledge, left the tabernacle and Jerusalem and Judea, and flees beyond the Jordan to the land of Gilead, that is, to the "migration of mourning" or the "migration of testimony" or the "revelation of them," judging himself unworthy, because of the presumption that had risen up against him, of the holy tabernacle, that is, of mystical theology, and of Jerusalem, that is, of the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:314 · narrative
Source
εἰρηνικῆς καὶ τῶν θείων ἐποπτικῆς γνώσεως, καὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, τουτέστι τῆς ἐπὶ χαρᾷ τῆς πράξεως ἐξομολογήσεως. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸ πένθος μετοικίσας(35) ὁ νοῦς τὰς οἰκείας δυνάμεις καὶ τὴν τῶν πρώην πεπραγμένων καθάπερ μαρτυρίαν συνείδησιν καὶ τὴν μνήμην τῶν κατ᾽ εἶδος πλημμεληθέντωντοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἀποκάλυψις αὐτῶνκαὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν εἰς τὸν πρὸ τῆς χάριτος χρόνον τῇ διανοίᾳ γενόμενοςτοῦτο γάρ ἐστι πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου γενέσθαι, καθ᾽ ὃν τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν καὶ γνῶσιν ἠλλοτρίωτο χάριτος, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιγνοὺς ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὴν ἰσχυρὰν καὶ ἀντίθετον τῆς οἰήσεως κτησάμενος ταπεινοφροσύνην, διὰ τῆς τῶν οἰκείων συναισθήσεως διαπερῶσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, ὄντα ἐν πένθει καλῷ, τὴν τύραννον οἴησιν ἀποκτέννει καὶ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν πάλιν ἐπανέρχεται δόξαν καὶ τῆς γῆς κρατεῖ τοῦ Ἰούδα καὶ τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ( βασιλεύει καὶ τῇ ἁγίᾳ σκηνῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ λατρεύει τὴν ἀκήρατον καὶ ἄμωμον λατρείαν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπανέλθωμεν πρὸς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμιόνων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἀπολυθέντων Ἰουδαίων, τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ πνευματικὸν κατὰ δύναμιν ἐποψόμενοι λόγον. Ἡμίονοι, φησίν, ὀκτακόσιαι τεσσαρακονταπέντε. Δηλοῖ δὲ ὁ παρὼν ἀριθμὸς τὴν τοῦ νοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἄγονον ἕξιν τῆς κακίας, τουτέστι τὴν μὴ τίκτουσαν κακίαν ἕξιν, πρός τε τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν τελείαν ἀπάθειαν. Ὁ γὰρ ὀκτακόσια(36) σημαίνει τὴν χαρακτηριστικὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος ἀπάθειαν, ἐπαινετῶς λαμβανόμενος, ὁ δὲ τεσσαράκοντα τὰ αἴσθητα, καὶ ὁ πέντε τὰς αἰσθήσεις. Ὑποζύγια πεντακισχίλια πεντακόσια εἰκοσιπέντε.
English
of peaceful and divinely contemplative knowledge, and of Judea, that is, of confession in the joy of action. For the mind, having relocated its own powers to mourning, and the conscience as a kind of testimony of former deeds, and the memory of sins committed in detail—for this is their uncovering—and, simply put, having come in thought to the time before grace—for this is to be beyond the Jordan—in which it had been estranged from the grace of virtue and knowledge, and having recognized its own weakness and acquired the strong and opposing humility of conceit, through the awareness of its own sins passing over to him who is in noble mourning, it kills the tyrant conceit and returns again to its own glory and rules the land of Judah and Jerusalem, and reigns and serves in the holy tabernacle of God with undefiled and blameless worship. But let us return to the number of the mules of the Jews released from captivity, examining according to our ability the spiritual meaning in it. The mules, it says, are eight hundred and forty-five. This number indicates the mind's perfect impassibility in relation to things perceived by the senses and to perception itself, in accordance with the barren habit of evil, that is, the habit of evil that does not give birth. For eight hundred signifies the impassibility characteristic of the age to come, taken in a praiseworthy sense, while forty signifies things perceived by the senses, and five the senses. The beasts of burden are five thousand five hundred and twenty-five.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:315 · narrative
Source
Ὑποζύγιόν ἐστι τὸ ὑπεζευγμένον τῇ ψυχῇ σῶμα πρὸς ἀχθοφορίαν τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν καμάτων τε καὶ πόνων, ἤγουν ἡ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τοῦ σώματος ἕξις. Καὶ τάχα τοιούτους ὄνους ἔχοντες οἱ τοῦ μεγάλου Ἰακὼβ υἱοὶ πρὸς ἀποτροφὴν τὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου σῖτον μετέφερον πρὸς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τὴν ἐκ τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας, ὡς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου σῖτον, τοῖς μαρσίπποις τῶν διανοιῶν ἀποκλεισθεῖσαν πνευματικὴν γνῶσιν διὰ πράξεως ἐπιτιθέντες τοῖς σώμασι καὶ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ζωὴν μετακομίζοντες. Ὁ δὲ τούτων ἀριθμὸς τῶν ὄνων, σφαιρικὸς(37) ὅλος ὑπάρχων, δηλοῖ τὴν ὡσαύτως ἔχουσαν κίνησιν τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν περὶ πρᾶξιν σωματικῆς ἕξεως, καὶ ἀτρέπτως τῷ λόγῳ τῆς γνώσεως συμφερομένην. Μόνην γὰρ καλοῦσιν ἄτρεπτον τὴν σφαιρικὴν κίνησιν, ὡς ὁμαλότητα διὰ πάντων παρὰ τὰς λοιπὰς τῶν ὄντων κινήσεις ἔχουσαν, οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοί. Ταῦτα μὲν κατὰ τόνδε τὸν τρόπον ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω, τῆς ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸ νοεῖν τε καὶ λέγειν οὐκ ἀπολειπόμενα δυνάμεως. Εἰ δέ τις βούλεται πάλιν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐν τούτοις προδιατυποῦσθαι ( λέγειν τοὺς διαφόρους βαθμοὺς τῶν πιστευόντων, καὶ οἷον εἰπεῖν διαθέσεις, ἄνδρες εἰσὶν οἱ τὸ μέτρον ἐφθακότες κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτὸν τῆς ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ κατ᾽ ἀγάπην αὐθαιρέτῳ γνώμῃ τὴν ἀρετὴν κατορθοῦντες· παῖδές εἰσι καὶ παιδίσκαι οἱ φόβῳ τῶν ἠπειλημένων αἰωνίων κολάσεων ὑπερχόμενοι τὸ βάρος τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας· ψάλται δὲ οἱ καλῶς τὸν περὶ πρακτικῆς ἐξηγούμενοι λόγον καὶ τὰ πάθη τῶν ἄλλων ἐξιώμενοι·
English
A yoke-animal is the body yoked to the soul for bearing the burdens of the toils and labors undertaken for virtue in action, that is, the body's habitual state in accordance with virtue. And perhaps the sons of the great Jacob, having such donkeys, were carrying grain from Egypt to the land of promise for nourishment, setting upon their bodies, through action, the spiritual knowledge shut up in the sacks of their minds—knowledge from natural contemplation, like grain from Egypt—and transporting it toward the life to come. And the number of these donkeys, being wholly spherical, indicates the motion, of the same character, of the body's habitual state in accordance with virtue in action, and borne along without deviation by the principle of knowledge. For those skilled in these matters call only the spherical motion unswerving, since it possesses uniformity throughout, unlike the other motions of beings. Let these things be said by us in this manner, as they do not exceed our capacity for understanding and speaking. But if someone wishes the Church to be prefigured again in these things—to speak of the different ranks of believers, and, so to say, their dispositions—the men are those who have reached the measure, so far as is attainable, of the stature of the fullness of Christ, and who accomplish virtue in love by their own free choice; the boys and girls are those who, through fear of the threatened eternal punishments, undergo the burden of practical philosophy; and the singers are those who rightly expound the account concerning practice and heal the passions of others.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:316 · narrative
Source
ψαλτῳδοὶ δὲ οἱ τὸ κάλλος τῆς γνώσεως τῶν θείων λόγων διὰ θεωρίας ἐκφαίνοντες καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπελαύνοντες ὥσπερ ζόφον τὴν ἄγνοιαν· κάμηλοι δὲ οἱ τὸ σκολιὸν τῆς γνώμης ἐξημεροῦντες τῷ λόγῳ πρὸς ἀρετήν· ἵπποι δὲ οἱ· τὸ στάδιον τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου καλῶς διατρέχοντες· ἡμίονοι δὲ οἱ μιγάδες τὸ ἦθος καὶ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ τὸ φιλόσοφον ἀβλαβῶς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι· ὄνοι ἤγουν ὑποζύγια οἱ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἔχοντες τὸ μοχθεῖν καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐπιβαίνοντα διὰ θεωρίας δεχόμενοι. Τούτους γάρ τις συναγαγὼν τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας ἀθροίσει τὸ πλήρωμα, πολλοῖς καὶ διὰ πολλῶν ἀρετῆς ὡραϊσμένον κάλλεσι. Τῆς μὲν οὖν τῶν ἀπορηθέντων πνευματικῆς θεωρίας ὁ λόγος ἐνταῦθα, κατ᾽ ἐμὲ φάναι, τὸ πέρας εἴληφεν. Εἰ δέ τις εὑρεθῇ πλούτῳ κομῶν χάριτος γνωστικῆς, καὶ κατὰ τὸν μέγαν Σαμουὴλ νοητῶς βλέπων τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ἀποκαλύψει σαφῶς ἡμῖν τὴν τῷ ῥητῷ τῶν γεγραμμένων κεκαλυμμένην διάνοιαν τὸ ὑψηλὸν φῶς τῆς ἐν ὅλοις ἀληθείας γνωστικῶς ἀπαστράπτουσαν, πείθων τοὺς μαθεῖν δυναμένους ὡς οὐδὲν ἀκαίρως οὐδὲ μάτην τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι γέγραπται, κἂν ἡμεῖς χωρεῖν οὐ δυνάμεθα, πάντα δὲ μυστικῶς καὶ εὐκαίρως καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἕνεκα σωτηρίας, ἧς ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία, φόβον(38) μὲν ἀρχομένη ( πρῶτον δημιουργοῦσα καὶ πόθον ὕστερον τελειουμένη συνιστῶσα, μᾶλλον δὲ φόβος(39) αὐτὴ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς δι᾽ ἡμᾶς οἰκονομικῶς γινομένη, ἵνα παύσῃ κακίας τὸν ἐραστήν, καὶ πόθος ὕστερον φυσικῶς εὑρισκομένη δι᾽ ἑαυτὴν κατὰ τὸ τέλος, ἵνα πληρώσῃ γέλωτος νοητοῦ τοὺς τὴν αὐτῆς πάντων τῶν ὄντων ἀλλαξαμένους συμβίωσιν.
English
And psalm-singers are those who display the beauty of the knowledge of the divine words through contemplation and drive away ignorance from others as though it were darkness; and camels are those who tame the crookedness of their disposition by reason toward virtue; and horses are those who run well the course of the life according to God; and mules are those of mixed character who harmlessly display the philosophic life in the common sphere; and asses, that is, yoke-animals, are those who have toil in action and receive the word that mounts upon them through contemplation. For one who gathers these together will assemble the fullness of the holy Church, adorned with many beauties of virtue and through many means. The account of the spiritual contemplation of the matters raised has here, in my judgment, reached its end. But if anyone is found abounding in the wealth of gnostic grace, and like the great Samuel seeing things ahead in a spiritual sense, he will clearly reveal to us the meaning hidden in the literal text of what has been written, flashing forth in a gnostic manner the lofty light of the truth in all things, persuading those able to learn that nothing has been written by the Holy Spirit untimely or in vain, even if we are unable to contain it, but all things mystically and in due season and for the sake of human salvation, of which the beginning and end is wisdom, beginning with fear (first creating it and later, at perfection, establishing desire, or rather itself becoming fear in the beginning for our sake by economy, that it may put an end to the lover of evil, and later being found by nature as desire for its own sake at the end, that it may fill with spiritual laughter those who have exchanged their companionship with all things for companionship with it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:317 · narrative
Source
Τοιούτους ἐγὼ ἀναγράφεσθαι ἄνδρας τῷ Πνεύματι πεπίστευκα, τοιούτους παῖδας καὶ παιδίσκας, τοιούτους ψάλτας καὶ ψαλτῳδούς, τοιαύτας καμήλους, τοιούτους ἵππους, τοιαύτας ἡμιόνους καὶ τοιούτους ὄνους, οὓς γράφειν οἷδε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, οὐχ οὓς σωματικὴ περιγράφειν πέφυκεν αἴσθησις, ἀλλ᾽ οὓς ὑποδέχεται νοῦς καθαρὸς τῷ καλάμῳ τυπουμένους τῆς χάριτος. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Πεπληρωμένη χάρις τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐστιν, ἡ κατά τήν δύναμιν καί τήν ἕξιν καί τήν ἐνέργειαν περιληπτική πασῶν τῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπους κατά Χριστόν τελείους φθανουσῶν γνώσεων σοφία· δι᾿ ἧς ὁ νοῦς τῶν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τύπων ἔξω γενόμενος, πάσης γυμνοῖς ποικιλίας προσβάλλει τοῖς τε τῶν γεγενημένων καί τῶν γεγραμμένων λόγοις, τούς ἐν αὐτοῖς θείους χαρακτῆρας εἰς μιᾶς περί ἑαυτόν θεοπρεποῦς μορφῆς συνάγων συμπλήρωσιν· καθ᾿ ἥν πάντων ὡς ἐφικτόν τῶν ὄντων ἑνοειδῶς τήν ἀδιαίρετον ὑποδέχεται γνῶσιν δι' ἧς ἀστράπτον ὑποφαίνεσθαι πέφυκε τῆς ἀληθείας τό φέγγος.
English
I have believed that such men are inscribed by the Spirit, such male and female servants, such psalm-singers and psalm-singers, such camels, such horses, such mules and such donkeys—those whom the Holy Spirit knows how to write, not those whom bodily perception is naturally able to delineate, but those whom a pure mind receives, stamped by the reed of grace. SCHOLIA 1. Grace filled with the Spirit is the wisdom that, according to power and habit and activity, comprehends all the perfect knowledges in Christ that reach human beings; through it the mind, having gone outside the types perceived by sense, applies itself naked to the varied principles of things that have come to be and things that have been written, gathering the divine characters in them into the completion of a single God-befitting form for itself; according to which it receives, as far as possible, the undivided knowledge of all beings in a unified way, through which the light of truth naturally shines forth with lightning flash.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:318 · narrative
Source
2. Οἱ κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν γνωστικοί, τῶν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, φησί, μυστηρίων τούς λόγους διδάσκοντες, ὡς παραδείγμασι τοῖς καθ᾿ ἱστορίαν κέχρηνται τύποις, πρός τήν τῶν διδασκομένων ἀναγωγήν, ἁρμόζοντες τῷ τῆς ἱστορίας γράμματι τό πνεῦμα τῆς θεωρίας· ἵνα ὅ τε τύπος διά τήν αἴσθησιν, καί ( διά τόν νοῦν ὁ λόγος περί τόν ἄνθρωπον σώζωνται, τόν ἐκ ψυχῆς καί σώματος, περί ἅ πέφυκεν ὑπάρχειν ὅ τε νοῦς καί ἡ αἴσθησις, ὡς ἑνός ἀνθρώπου τυγχάνοντα. 3. Αἶνός ἐστι λόγος θείας μηνυτικός καλλονῆς· αἴνεσις δέ ἐστι, σχέσις αἰνοῦντος καί αἰνετοῦ, τουτέστιν ἀφήγησις τῶν μηνυτικῶν τῆς θείας εὐπρεπείας λόγων· καθ᾿ ἥν ἡ τῆς γνώσεως ἕξις συνίστασθαι πέφυκε, μεταποιοῦσα πρός τό αἰνετόν τό αἰνοῦν. Θυσία δέ ταύτης ἐστί τῆς αἰνέσεως, οὐ μόνον ἡ τῶν παρά φύσιν παθῶν τελεία νέκρωσις, καί τῶν κατά φύσιν ὑπέρθεσις, ἀλλά καί ἡ πρός Θεόν παντελής τοῦ αἰνοῦντος προσαγωγή. 4. Ἡ μή χαλινουμένη τῷ θείῳ φόβῳ κατά τήν πρᾶξιν γνῶσις, τῦφον ἐργάζεται, φησίν, ὡς οἰκεῖον τό δεδανεισμένον προβάλλεσθαι πείθουσα τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ τυφωθέντα, πρός οἰκεῖον ἔπαινον τόν ἔρανον τοῦ λόγου ποιούμενον. Ἡ δέ πρᾶξις τῷ θείῳ συναυξάνουσα πόθῳ, τῶν ὑπέρ τά πρακτά μή λαμβάνουσα γνῶσιν, τόν πρακτικόν ἐργάζεται ταπεινόφρονα, τοῖς ὑπέρ τήν οἰκείαν δύναμιν λόγοις πρός ἑαυτόν συστελλόμενον.
English
2. Those who are truly knowledgeable, he says, when they teach the principles of the mysteries in the Scriptures, use the historical types as examples, for the elevation of those being taught, fitting the spirit of contemplation to the letter of history, so that both the type, through sense, and the principle, through mind, may be preserved in man—man consisting of soul and body, in relation to which both mind and sense naturally exist, as belonging to one man. 3. Praise is a word that makes known divine beauty; and praising is the relation of the one who praises and the one who is praised, that is, the narration of the words that make known the divine comeliness, according to which the habit of knowledge naturally consists, transforming the one who praises toward the one praised. And the sacrifice of this praise is not only the complete mortification of the passions contrary to nature and the setting aside of those according to nature, but also the complete leading of the one who praises to God. 4. Knowledge that is not bridled by divine fear in practice, he says, produces conceit, persuading the one puffed up by it to put forward what was borrowed as his own, making the contribution of the word for his own praise. But practice that grows together with divine longing, not receiving knowledge of things beyond the practical, produces a humble-minded practitioner, drawing himself back from words beyond his own capacity.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:319 · narrative
Source
5. Ὁ τῶν παρά φύσιν παθῶν διά τῆς εἰς Θεόν πίστεως καί ἀγάπης νικήσας τάς παραλόγους κινήσεις, καί αὐτοῦ τοῦ κατά φύσιν ἔξω γίνεται νόμου, φησί, καί πρός τήν χώραν τῶν νοητῶν ὅλος μεταβιβάζεται, καί τό κατά φύσιν ὁμόφυλον, μετά τῶν προσγενομένων αὐτοῖς, τῆς ἀλλοτρίας ἑαυτῷ συνεκβάλλει δουλείας. 6. Ὑπό φύσιν μέν ἐστι πᾶν ὅ καθοτιοῦν ἤ ὑποκείμενον, ἤ καθ᾿ ὑποκειμένου, ἤ ἐν ὑποκεμένῳ εἶναι πέφυκεν· ἐξ ὧν οἱ ὅροι συνάγονται τῶν ὁριστῶν. Τά γάρ συμπληροῦντα τάς διαφόρους τῶν ὄντων φύσεις, εἰς τούς αὐτῶν συμπαραλαμβάνεσθαι πέφυκεν ὁρισμούς, πρός τήν ἀκριβῆ τοῦ σημαινομένου δήλωσιν, ὡς ἐν τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ, καί σύν τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ ( φυσικῶς ὑφιστάμενα· καί ἐξ ὧν τό ὑποκείμενον, καί ἐν οἷς ἔχει τήν γένεσιν· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἔξωθεν ἐπιθεωρούμενα. Τά δέ περί φύσιν ἐστί τά προεπινοούμενά τε καί συνεπινοούμενα· τό μέν, ὅτι ποῦ καί πότε πάντως ἡ τῶν ὄντων ὑπέστη γένεσις· τό δέ, ὅτι ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὄντων, συνεπεθεωρήθη καί ἡ καθόλου τῶν ὄντων θέσις καί κίνησις, ἅπερ ἐστί χρόνος καί τόπος, ἐν οἷς κατά τήν ἔξωθεν θέσιν, καί τήν πρός ἀρχήν κίνησιν ἡ φύσις ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν· οὐ γάρ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἡ φύσις, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔξωθεν ἔχει τήν ἀρχήν τοῦ εἶναι, καί τήν θέσιν. Ὅταν οὖν τῶν γενῶν καί εἰδῶν καί ἀτόμων μόνους τοῦ εἶναι σκοπῶμεν τούς λόγους, τάς τούτων συστατικάς τοῖς αὐτῶν κατ᾿ οὐσίαν λόγοις διαφοράς συμπαραλαμβάνομεν·
English
5. He who has conquered the irrational motions of the passions contrary to nature through faith in God and love, he says, comes to be outside the law of nature itself, and is wholly transferred to the region of things intelligible, and with those who have been added to them he casts out along with himself the alien slavery of his natural kindred. 6. Under nature is everything that in any way whatsoever is either a subject, or is naturally predicated of a subject, or naturally exists in a subject; from these the definitions of the things defined are gathered. For the things that complete the various natures of beings are naturally taken up into their definitions, for the precise declaration of what is signified, as existing in the subject and with the subject (naturally subsisting), and from which the subject is, and in which it has its generation; but not observed from outside. Things around nature are those preconceived and co-conceived: the one, because where and when the generation of beings wholly subsisted; the other, because together with the first generation of beings the universal position and motion of beings was also co-observed, which are time and place, in which, according to external position and motion toward a principle, nature exists, but not according to subsistence; for nature is not from them, but in them it has from outside the principle of its being and its position. When, therefore, we contemplate only the principles of being of genera and species and individuals, we take up together with their essential principles the differences that constitute them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:320 · narrative
Source
ὅταν δέ γενεαλογῶμεν, τό ποῦ καί πότε πάντως, τουτέστι, χρόνον καί τόπον ἐξ ἀνάγκης τοῖς οὖσι συμπαραλαμβάνομεν, ἀρχήν καί θέσιν σκοποῦντες, ὧν ἄνευ τῶν γενητῶν οὐδέν καθάπαξ ὑφέστηκεν. Τῆς γάρ κατά τήν ἀρχήν καί τήν θέσιν περιγραφῆς οὐδέν ἐστι τῶν ὄντων ἐλεύθερον. 7. Ἱερουσαλήμ, καί οὐράνιον οἰκητήριόν ἐστιν, ἡ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἀπαθής ἕξις, καί ἡ μηδέν ἔχουσα πλάνης πολεμοῦν αὐτῇ νόημα, γνῶσις. 8. Ἡ γλῶσσα τῆς κατά ψυχήν γνωστικῆς ἐστιν ἐνεργείας, φησί, σύμβολον· ὁ δέ λάρυγξ, τῆς πρός τό σῶμα φυσικῆς φιλαυτίας τεκμήριον. Ὁ γοῦν ταύτας ψεκτῶς κολλήσας ἀλλήλοις, μνησθῆναι τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν καί γνῶσιν εἰρηνικῆς ἕξεως οὐ δύναται, τῇ συγχύσει διά σπουδῆς τῶν σωματικῶν ἡδόμενος παθῶν. 9. Ὁ Δαρεῖος, φησίν, εἰς τόν νόμον ἐλήφθη τῆς φύσεως· ὁ δέ νόμος τῆς φύσεως περιέχει καί τήν φύσιν καί τόν χρόνον, ὡς πάντων ἔχων τήν ἐξουσίαν τῆς χρήσεως τῶν τε κατά ( φύσιν καί περί φύσιν. Ὁ τοίνυν ὡς ἀπό Δαρείου τοῦ νόμου τῆς φύσεως ἐξερχόμενος νοῦς, ὑπεράνω δηλαδή γίνεται χρόνου καί φύσεως· μηδενί τῶν ὑπό φύσιν καί χρόνον νοημάτων κρατούμενος, ἵνα μή τάς τῶν φθαρτῶν εἰκόνας περιφέρων γένηται ναός εἰδώλων, ἀνθ᾿ ἑνός Θεοῦ, πολλάς ἔχων παθῶν ἀκαθάρτων προσκυνουμένας μορφάς.
English
But when we trace genealogies, we necessarily include the where and the when—that is, time and place—along with existing things, observing their beginning and position, without which none of created things has subsisted at all. For nothing among existing things is free from the limitation according to beginning and position. 7. Jerusalem is also a heavenly dwelling-place: the impassible state according to virtue, and the knowledge that has no thought of error warring against it. 8. The tongue, he says, is a symbol of the gnostic activity according to the soul; but the throat is a proof of natural self-love toward the body. Whoever has joined these together in a blameworthy way cannot remember the peaceful state according to virtue and knowledge, delighting with zeal in the confusion of bodily passions. 9. Darius, he says, was taken into the law of nature; and the law of nature encompasses both nature and time, as having authority over the use of all things both according to nature and around nature. The intellect, then, that goes forth as from Darius from the law of nature, becomes, that is, above time and nature, mastered by no thoughts that are under nature and time, so that it may not, carrying about the images of corruptible things, become a temple of idols, having instead of one God many worshipped forms of impure passions.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:321 · narrative
Source
10. Παῖδας ἐθεώρησε μή συναριθμουμένους μέν, συνεξιόντας δέ τοῖς κεκτημένοις, τούς τῶν οὐκ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν παθῶν λογισμούς, ὧν, κἄν εἰ μή ἡ γένεσις, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ χρῆσις ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν ὡς δεσπόταις οὖσα, καθέστηκε, γυναῖκας δέ τάς ἐκ τῶν οὐκ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν παθῶν ἐπιγινομένας χωρίς διαβολῆς τῶν κατά φύσιν ὀρέξεις· ἅς ἑαυτῷ συνεξάγει πρός τήν κατά Θεόν ἐλαύνων ζωήν, ἵνα μή γένωνται τῇ τῶν παρά φύσιν δουλείᾳ κατάσχετοι παθῶν. 11. Τήν αἰτίαν λέγει, δι᾿ ἥν οὐ συνηρίθμησε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὁ λόγος τούς παῖδας καί τάς γυναῖκας. 12. Ὥσπερ τέλος κινηθείσης μονάδος ἐστίν ἡ μυριάς, καί ἀρχή μή κινηθείσης μυριάδος ἐστίν ἡ μονάς (ἀρχή γάρ παντός τέλους, ἡ κατ᾿ αὐτό σαφῶς ἀκινησία καθέστηκε· καί τέλος πάσης ἀρχῆς, ἡ τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτήν κινήσεως ὑπάρχει συμπλήρωσις) οὕτω καί ἡ πίστις ἀρετῶν ἀρχή κατά φύσιν ὑπάρχουσα, τέλος ἔχει τοῦ δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἀγαθοῦ τήν συμπλήρωσιν· καί τό κατά φύσιν ἀγαθόν, ὡς ἀρετῶν τέλος ἀρχήν ἔχον τήν πίστιν, πρός αὐτήν ἐνδιαθέτως συνάγεται. Πίστις γάρ ἐστιν ἐνδιάθετον ἀγαθόν καί ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἐνεργηθεῖσα πίστις. Πιστός δέ κατά φύσιν καί ἀγαθός ἐστιν ὁ Θεός· τό μέν, ὡς πρῶτον ἀγαθόν· τό δέ, ὡς ἔσχατον ὀρεκτόν. Ταὐτόν δέ ταῦτα παντί τρόπῳ καθέστηκεν ἀλλήλοις ὄντα, μηδενί λόγῳ πλήν τοῦ κατ᾿ ἐπίνοιαν ἀλλήλων παντελῶς διαιρούμενα, ( διά τήν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τῶν ἀρχομένων, καί εἰς αὐτόν ληγόντων κίνησιν. Ἄρα ἡ μυριάς ἐσχάτου ὀρεκτοῦ φέρουσα τύπον, τῶν πρός αὐτό κινουμένων τελείαν περιγράφει τήν ἔφεσιν· καί ἡ μονάς πρώτου ἀγαθοῦ φέρουσα σύμβολον, τῶν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κινουμένων τελείαν
English
10. He saw children not counted among them but going out together with their possessors—the reasonings of passions that are not in our power, whose generation, even if not, yet their use is in our power as masters; and women—the natural desires that arise from passions not in our power without reproach; these he leads out with himself, pressing on toward the life according to God, so that they may not become possessed by the slavery of passions contrary to nature. 11. He states the reason why the word did not count the children and the women together with the men. 12. Just as the end of a unit that has been moved is the myriad, and the beginning of a myriad not moved is the unit (for the beginning of every end is clearly its own immobility, and the end of every beginning is the completion of the movement according to it), so also faith, being by nature the beginning of virtues, has as its end the completion of the good that comes through them; and the natural good, having faith as its beginning as the end of virtues, is gathered to it inwardly. For faith is an inward good, and good is faith put into action. And God is by nature faithful and good: the one, as the first good; the other, as the last object of desire. And these are in every way the same as each other, being divided from one another by no principle except that of conception alone, because of the movement from him of things that begin and end in him. Therefore the myriad, bearing the type of the last object of desire, circumscribes the perfect aspiration of things moved toward it; and the unit, bearing the symbol of the first good, [circumscribes] the perfect [aspiration] of things moved from it
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:322 · narrative
Source
ἐπιφέρεται βάσιν. Οὐκοῦν τέσσαρες μυριάδες εἰσί, τό καθ᾿ ἑκάστην γενικήν ἀρετήν ἀναλόγως κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν δεικνύμενον τέλειον ἀγαθόν. 13. Ὁ μετά τήν φυγήν τῆς κακίας ἁπλῶς τῇ ἀργίᾳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας φυλάξας, φησί, τήν δεκάδα τῶν ἐντολῶν· καί πάλιν τήν ἑκάστης πρᾶξιν ἐντολῆς τελείαν τῶν ἄλλων δείξας περίληψιν, ὡς πασῶν ἐν ἑκάστῃ κατά τήν ἑκάστης πρᾶξιν θεωρουμένων, τήν δεκάδα πεποίηκεν ἑκατοντάδα (ἡ γάρ ἑκάστης ἐντολῆς τελεία κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τήρησις τῶν λοιπῶν ἐστι πρᾶξις πεπληρωμένη), καί πάλιν τήν κατά φύσιν τούτων τελείαν ἐπιστημονικῶς διάκρισιν ἐσχηκώς, τήν ἑκατοντάδα πεποίηκε χιλιάδα. Καί τέλος τοῖς τούτων κατά νοῦν γυμνοῖς προσβαλών κατά τήν θεωρίαν λόγοις, πεποίηκε μυριάδα τήν χιλιάδα, ἀπό τῆς κατά τήν πρᾶξιν διαστολῆς, ἐπί τήν κατά τήν θεωρίαν ἑναδικήν συναγόμενος μονάδα. Καί συντόμως εἰπεῖν, ὁ τῇ τελείᾳ τῆς κακίας ἀποφυγῇ τηρήσας ἀπαραβάτους τάς ἐντολάς, καί τελείαν αὐτῶν τήν πρᾶξιν ἐπιδειξάμενος, καί πληρεστάτην αὐτῶν κατορθώσας τήν κατά φύσιν διάκρισιν, καί τελείαν αὐτῶν διανύσας τήν πνευματικήν θεωρίαν, οὗτος τάς τέσσαρας ἔσχε μυριάδας, τῷ καθ᾿ ἑκάστην προκοπήν τελείῳ λόγῳ συναγομένας· τό γάρ τέλειον ἀδιαστάτως ὁμοῦ, τούς τε τῆς ἀρχῆς καί τοῦ τέλους ἔχει τούς λόγους. 14. Ἠργμένον λέγει τό κακόν (ἀρχήν γάρ ἔχει τήν ἡμῶν παρά φύσιν κίνησιν), οὐκ ἠργμένον δέ, τό ἀγαθόν (πρό παντός γάρ αἰῶνος καί χρόνου φύσει τό ἀγαθόν)∙ νοητόν λέγει τό ἀγαθόν, ὅπερ δεῖ μόνον νοεῖν· οὐ νοητόν δέ τό κακόν, ὅπερ δεῖ μόνον μή νοεῖν.
English
is brought forward as a foundation. Therefore there are four myriads—the perfect good that is shown in actuality, proportionately, according to each generic virtue. 13. He who, after the flight from evil, has simply, through inactivity in sin, kept, he says, the decade of the commandments; and again, having shown the complete practice of each commandment to be the comprehension of the others, since all are contemplated in each according to the practice of each, he has made the decade a hundred (for the complete keeping of each commandment in actuality is the fulfilled practice of the rest); and again, having acquired the perfect scientific discernment of these according to nature, he has made the hundred a thousand. And finally, having advanced to the bare rational principles of these in contemplation according to the intellect, he has made the thousand a myriad, gathered from the distinction according to practice to the unified monad according to contemplation. And to speak briefly, he who through the perfect avoidance of evil has kept the commandments unswervingly, and has displayed their perfect practice, and has achieved their most complete discernment according to nature, and has traversed their perfect spiritual contemplation—this man has the four myriads, gathered by the perfect rational principle according to each stage of progress; for the perfect, without interval, possesses together the rational principles both of the beginning and of the end. 14. He says that evil is begun (for it has its beginning in our movement contrary to nature), but that good is not begun (for the good is by nature before every age and time); he says that the good is intelligible, which one must only think; but evil is not intelligible, which one must only not think.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:323 · narrative
Source
Ῥητόν λέγει τό ἀγαθόν (αὐτό γάρ δεῖ μόνον λαλεῖσθαι), οὐ ῥητόν δέ κακόν (αὐτό γάρ δεῖ μόνον μή λαλεῖσθαι). Καί γινόμενον λέγει τό ἀγαθόν (κατά φύσιν γάρ ὑπάρχον ἀγέννητον κατά χάριν διά φιλανθρωπίαν παρ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀνέχεται γίνεσθαι, πρός τήν ἡμῶν τῶν ποιούντων καί λαλούντων καί νοούντων ἐκθέωσιν), ὅπερ δεῖ μονώτατον γίνεσθαι· οὐ ποιούμενον δέ τό κακόν, ὅπερ δεῖ μόνον μή γίνεσθαι. Φθαρτόν λέγει τό κακόν (φθορά γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ κακοῦ φύσις οὐδαμῶς κατ᾿ οὐδέν ὕπαρξιν ἔχουσα), ἄφθαρτον δέ τό ἀγαθόν, ὡς ἀεί ὄν, καί μήποτε τοῦ εἶναι παυόμενον καί πάντων οἷς ἄν ἐγγένηται φρουρητικόν. Τοῦτο γοῦν, τῷ μέν λογιστικῷ ζητοῦμεν· τῷ δέ ἐπιθυμητικῷ, ποθοῦμεν· τῷ δέ θυμικῷ, φυλάττομεν ἄσυλον· τῷ δ' αἰσθητικῷ, κατ᾿ ἐπιστήμην ἀμιγές αὐτό τῶν ἐναντίων διακρίνομεν· τῷ δέ φωνητικῷ λαλοῦντες αὐτό ποιοῦμεν φανερόν τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσι· καί τῷ γονίμῳ, πληθύνομεν αὐτό, μᾶλλον δέ, ἀληθές εἰπεῖν, ἡμεῖς κατ᾿ αὐτό πληθυνόμεθα. 15. Πρώτην ἀπάθειαν λέγει, τήν πρός ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ σώματος κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἀνέπαφον κίνησιν.
English
He calls the good "spoken" (for it alone must be spoken), but evil "not spoken" (for it alone must not be spoken). And he calls the good "becoming" (for, existing by nature as unbegotten, by grace through love of humanity it accepts to become from us, toward the deification of us who do and speak and understand), which alone must become; but evil "not being made," which alone must not be made. He calls evil "corruptible" (for the nature of evil is corruption, having existence in no way at all), but the good "incorruptible," as always existing and never ceasing to be, and a guardian of all things in which it comes to be. This, then, we seek with the rational faculty; we desire it with the appetitive faculty; we guard it inviolate with the spirited faculty; with the perceptive faculty, by knowledge, we distinguish it unmixed from its opposites; with the vocal faculty, by speaking, we make it manifest to those who do not know it; and with the generative faculty, we multiply it—or rather, to speak truly, we are multiplied according to it. 15. He calls "first impassibility" the body's untainted movement in relation to sin according to activity.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:324 · narrative
Source
16. Δευτέραν ἀπάθειαν λέγει, τήν κατά ψυχήν τῶν ἐμπαθῶν λογισμῶν τελείαν ἀποβολήν· δι᾿ ἧς ἡ τῶν παθῶν ἀπομαραίνεται κατά τήν πρώτην ἀπάθειαν κίνησις, ἐξάπτοντας αὐτήν πρός ἐνέργειαν οὐκ ἔχουσαν τούς ἐμπαθεῖς λογισμούς. 17. Τρίτην ἀπάθειαν λέγει, τήν περί τά πάθη τελείαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἀκινησίαν· δι᾿ ἥν καί ἡ δευτέρα γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, τῇ τῶν λογισμῶν καθαρότητι συνισταμένη. 18. Τετάρτην ἀπάθειαν λέγει, τήν κατά διάνοιαν πασῶν τῶν αἰσθητῶν φαντασιῶν τελείαν ἀπόθεσιν· καθ᾿ ἥν ἡ τρίτη τήν γένεσιν εἴληφεν, οὐκ ἔχουσα τάς φαντασίας τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἰδοποιούσας αὐτῇ τῶν παθῶν τάς εἰκόνας. 19. Ἡ χιλιάς ἀπροσδεής τελειότητος ὑπάρχει μονάς· πασῶν γάρ τῶν πρό αὐτῆς μονάδων, καί ἑαυτῆς τόν λόγον ἔχει πληρέστατον. Διό καί συντιθεμένη μονάδος πάλιν, ἀλλ' οὐ δεκάδος ἐστί ποιητική. Μονάς γάρ τήν τῆς χιλιάδος διαδέχεται σύνθεσιν, ὥς φασιν οἱ τῶν ἀριθμῶν ἠκριβωκότες τήν δύναμιν. Εἰκότως οὖν τόν κατά θεολογίαν τριαδικόν σημαίνει λόγον, ἡ τῶν χιλίων τριάς· ὅν μετά τῆς τελείας ἀρετῆς ὁ τήν νοουμένην Βαβυλωνίαν ἀφείς ἔχων ἐξέρχεται.
English
16. He calls "second impassibility" the complete removal of the impassioned thoughts from the soul, through which the motion of the passions, according to the first impassibility, is withered away, since it no longer has the impassioned thoughts to kindle it toward activity. 17. He calls "third impassibility" the complete immobility of desire concerning the passions, through which the second also naturally comes to be, being established by the purity of the thoughts. 18. He calls "fourth impassibility" the complete setting aside of all the phantasies of sensible things from the mind, according to which the third has received its generation, since it no longer has the phantasies of sensible things forming in it the images of the passions. 19. The thousand is a unit needing nothing for perfection; for it has the most complete account of all the units before it and of itself. Therefore, when it is composed, it is productive of a unit again, but not of a decade. For a unit succeeds the composition of the thousand, as those who have accurately examined the power of numbers say. Reasonably, then, the triad of the thousand signifies the trinitarian account in theology, which, together with perfect virtue, he who has left the Babylon that is understood in the mind possesses and goes forth.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:325 · narrative
Source
20. Τό Ταῦ γράμμα σταυροῦ τύπος ἐστίν, ἐν τῷ σχήματι σώζων τοῦ σταυροῦ τήν ἐκτύπωσιν. Τό δέ Ἰῶτα, ὡς ἀκροστίχιον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τό φοβερόν ὄνομα σημαίνει. Τό δέ Ἦτα, ὡς ἀκροστίχιον καί αὐτό, ἀρετῆς ἦθος παραδηλοῖ παγιώτατον· ἅπερ πρός ἀριθμόν μυστικῶς μετεγκλώσας, θαῤῥῶν ἐξῆλθε κατά τῶν ἐναντίων δυνάμων Ἀβραάμ ὁ πατριάρχης, ὡς οἰκογενεῖς ἔχων τριακοσίους δέκα καί ὀκτώ· τουτέστι τόν τό πᾶν περιγράφοντα τῆς θεολογίας λόγον διά τοῦ τριακόσια, καί τό ἄῤῤητον μυστήριον τῆς θείας τοῦ Λόγου σαρκώσεως διά τούς δέκα· καί τόν τέλειον τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν παγίας ἕξεως τρόπον διά τοῦ ὀκτώ· ἅπερ οἰκογενεῖς προσηγόρευσεν ὁ λόγος, ὡς τῆς καρδίας ὄντα τοῦ κτησαμένου θεῖα κατά χάριν γεννήματα. 21. Ὁ ἑκατόν ἀριθμός, τῆς θείας τῶν ἐντολῶν δεκάδος ἐστί δεκαπλασιασμός· πασῶν γάρ ἐστι καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἐνεργουμένην δι᾿ ἀλλήλων τελεία περίληψις. Ἡ δέ δι᾿ ἀλλήλων τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἐνεργουμένη περίληψίς ἐστιν, ἡ παντελής καί ὁλόκληρος ἀρετή. Ἀρετή δέ τελεία ἐστίν ἡ σοφία. Σοφία δέ ἐστιν ἄπταιστος γνῶσις τῆς ἀληθείας. Ὁ τοίνυν ἀπταίστως γνοὺς τήν ἀλήθειαν ἑκατονταετής γέγονε κατά τόν μέγαν Ἀβραάμ, κατανοῶν καί αὐτός τό ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα νενεκρωμένον· τουτέστιν, ἀπογενομένην ὁρᾷ τήν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ζωήν, καί γεννᾷ τήν ἐν Πνεύματι ζῶσαν χαράν. Τοῦτο γάρ Ἰσαάκ ἑρμηνεύεται. Προνοίας οὖν ἐστι μή μόνον φυλάξαι κατά τὸν ἑαυτῆς λόγον τήν φύσιν, ἀλλά καί ποιῆσαι θείαν, ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τελείως ποιωθεῖσαν τήν γνώμην κατά τήν ἐπίκτητον σοφίαν, μεθ᾿ ἧς ἡ φύσις θεωρουμένη, τόν τριακόσια πέφυκεν ἀποτελεῖν ἀριθμόν. 22.
English
20. The letter Tau is a type of the cross, preserving in its shape the imprint of the cross. And the Iota, as an acrostic of Jesus, signifies the fearful name. And the Eta, as also itself an acrostic, indicates the most steadfast character of virtue; which things, mystically transposing according to number, Abraham the patriarch went out boldly against the opposing powers, as having three hundred and eighteen born in his house; that is, the word that circumscribes the whole of theology through the three hundred, and the ineffable mystery of the divine incarnation of the Word through the ten; and the perfect mode of the steadfast habit according to virtue through the eight; which things the word called those born in the house, as being of the heart of the one who possesses divine offspring by grace. 21. The number one hundred is the tenfold multiplication of the divine decade of the commandments; for it is the perfect comprehension of all of them, each one being enacted through the others. And the comprehension of the divine commandments, each one enacted through the others, is the complete and whole virtue. And perfect virtue is wisdom. And wisdom is the unerring knowledge of the truth. Therefore the one who has unerringly known the truth has become a hundred years old according to the great Abraham, himself also considering his own body as dead; that is, he sees the life according to sense as departed, and begets the joy that lives in the Spirit. For this is what Isaac means. It is therefore a work of providence not only to preserve nature according to its own principle, but also to make the judgment divine, perfectly qualified by the virtues according to the acquired wisdom, with which nature, when contemplated, is naturally able to produce the number three hundred. 22.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:326 · narrative
Source
Ὁ ἕξ ἀριθμός τήν τελείαν ἔχει τοῦ εἶναι τῶν ὄντων δήλωσιν. Ὁ δέ δέκα τήν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι σημαίνει τῶν ὄντων σύστασιν. Δεκαπλασιάσας οὖν τόν ἕξ, ἤ ἑξαπλασιάσας τόν δέκα τις, ποιεῖ τόν ἑξήκοντα, δηλοῦντα τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι τῶν ὄντων κατάστασιν. 23. Τῆς ἀπαθείας, φησίν, ἥν τό ἕβδομον ἔτος δηλοῖ, παραγενομένης, πρός τήν τῶν συγγενῶν ἐπανέρχονται θεωρίαν, ὅ τε λόγος καί ἡ διάνοια, λαβόντες ἐλευθερίαν, τῆς ἐπί τοῖς σωματικοῖς τρόποις τῶν ἀρετῶν ὑπουργίας. 24. Ἀνάρχου βασιλείας ἐστίν εἰκών ἡ τοῦ νοῦ περί τήν ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν ἀτρεψία καί ἡ τῆς αἰσθήσεως περί τήν ἀρετήν ἀφθαρσία, τῆς ψυχῆς καί τοῦ σώματος κατά τήν ἐν πνεύματι πρός τόν νοῦν τῆς αἰσθήσεως μεταποίησιν μόνῳ τῷ θείῳ νόμῳ τοῦ πνεύματος ἀλλήλοις συνδεδεμένων, καθ' ὅν τήν ἀεικίνητον τοῦ λόγου καί ζῶσαν διαπαντός ἔχουσι διϊκνουμένην ἐνέργειαν, ἐν ᾗ πᾶσα παντελῶς ἄπεστι πρός τό θεῖον ἀπέμφασις. 25. Ἐνεργουμένην ἐπιθυμίαν φασίν εἶναι τήν ἡδονήν, εἴπερ παρόν ἀγαθόν κατά τόν αὐτῆς ἐστιν ὁρισμόν. Ἀνενέργητον δέ ἡδονήν τήν ἐπιθυμίαν, εἴπερ μέλλον ἀγαθόν κατά τόν αὐτῆς ἐστιν ὁρισμόν. Τόν δέ θυμόν, μανίας μελετωμένης κίνησιν· καί τήν μανίαν θυμόν ἐνεργούμενον. Ὁ γοῦν ταύτας συνυποτάξας τῷ λόγῳ τάς δυνάμεις, εὑρήσει τήν μέν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῷ γινομένην ἡδονήν κατά τήν ἐν χάριτι πρός τό θεῖον τῆς ψυχῆς ἄχραντον συμπλοκήν· τόν δέ θυμόν, ζέσιν ἀκήρατον τῆς περί τό θεῖον ἡδονῆς φρουρητικήν, καί σώφρονα μανίαν, τῆς κατά τήν ἔφεσιν τῆς ψυχῆς περί τό θεῖον θελκτικῆς δυνάμεως ἀπό τῶν ὄντων τελείως ἐκστατικήν.
English
The number six has the perfect declaration of the being of beings. And the number ten signifies the constitution of the well-being of beings. So, if one multiplies six tenfold, or multiplies ten sixfold, one makes sixty, which declares the state according to activity of the well-being of beings. 23. When impassibility, he says, which the seventh year indicates, has arrived, both the reason and the thought return to the contemplation of their kindred, having received freedom from the service of the virtues that pertains to bodily modes. 24. An image of the kingdom without beginning is the mind's immutability concerning true knowledge and the senses' incorruptibility concerning virtue, when soul and body, according to the transformation of the senses toward the mind in the Spirit, are bound to each other by the divine law of the Spirit alone, according to which they have the ever-moving and living activity of the reason penetrating through all things at all times, in which every completely unseemly likeness to the divine is absent. 25. They say that pleasure is desire in activity, if indeed it is a present good according to its own definition. And that desire is pleasure not in activity, if indeed it is a future good according to its own definition. And they call anger the motion of madness being practiced; and madness, anger in activity. So then, whoever subordinates these powers to the reason will find that desire becomes for him pleasure according to the undefiled union of the soul with the divine in grace; and anger, a pure boiling, guarding the pleasure that is around the divine, and a temperate madness, wholly ecstatic from beings of the soul's attractive power toward the divine in its longing.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:327 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν ἕως ἐν ἡμῖν ὁ κόσμος ζῇ κατά τήν πρός τά ὑλικά τῆς ψυχῆς ἑκούσιον σχέσιν, οὐ δεῖ ταύταις παρέχειν ἐλευθερίαν ταῖς δυνάμεσι· μήπως μιγεῖσαι τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ὡς ὁμοφύλοις, πολεμήσωσι τήν ψυχήν, καί λάβωσιν αὐτήν δορυάλωτον γεγενημένην τοῖς πάθεσιν, ὡς πάλαι τήν Ἱερουσαλήμ οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι. Τόν γάρ αἰῶνα, καθ᾿ ὅν τούς ἀλλοφύλους παῖδας ὁ νόμος δουλεύειν ἐκέλευσε, τήν πρός τόν κόσμον τοῦτον, ἤγουν τήν παροῦσαν ζωήν γνωμικήν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐσήμανε σχέσιν ὁ λόγος, διά τῶν ἱστορουμένων παραδεικνύς τά νοούμενα. 26. Ὁ ἑπτακισχίλια ἀριθμός ἐπαινετῶς ἐνταῦθα κείμενος, τήν χρονικήν καί παροῦσαν ζωήν ἀρετῇ καί λόγῳ σημαίνει κεκοσμημένην. Εἰ γάρ γραπτόν καί φυσικόν νόμον ὁ χίλια ἀριθμός, κατά τήν ἀποδοθεῖσαν ἐν ταῖς μυριάσιν ἔννοιαν, περί τόν βίον ἀλλήλοις σημαίνει τοῦ φιλοθέου συμπρέποντας, δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν ὡς ὁ ἑπτακισχίλια πᾶσαν τούτοις φρουρουμένην τήν ὑπό χρόνου δηλοῖ τοῦ φιλοθέου ζωήν∙ ὁ δέ τριακόσια, τήν ἐπί τό εἶναι κατά φύσιν, καί εὖ εἶναι κατά χάριν τῶν προνοουμένων δηλοῖ πρόνοιαν. Ὁ δέ ἑπτά, τήν ἐν τοῖς τρόποις ἀπάθειαν. Ὁ τοίνυν διά τῶν κατά φύσιν οἰκείων δυνάμεων ἀπαθῆ, καθώς ἡ πρόνοια βούλεται, διατηρήσας τήν οἰκείαν ζωήν, παῖδας ἔχων καί παιδίσκας ἑπτακισχιλίους τριακοσίους ἑπτά, τήν τῶν παθῶν ἐξέρχεται σύγχυσιν. 27. Τέλος λέγει, καί τήν ἐνταῦθα κατά τήν πρᾶξιν ἀπάθειαν, καί τήν ἐκεῖσε κατά χάριν ἐκθέωσιν.
English
So then, as long as the world lives in us according to the soul's voluntary attachment to material things, we must not give freedom to these powers, lest, mingling with sensible things as though of the same kind, they make war on the soul and take it captive, having become a slave to the passions, as Jerusalem once was to the Babylonians. For the age in which the law commanded the foreign children to serve signifies the soul's disposition of will toward this world, that is, the present life; the passage, through the things recorded, sets forth the things understood. 26. The number seven thousand, placed here as a thing praiseworthy, signifies the temporal and present life adorned with virtue and reason. For if the number one thousand, according to the meaning given in the myriads, signifies the written and natural law agreeing with one another in the life of the God-lover, it is clear from this that the seven thousand signifies the whole life of the God-lover, guarded by these things, which is under time; and the three hundred signifies the providence over those who are provided for, unto their being according to nature and their well-being according to grace. And the seven signifies freedom from passion in one's ways. Therefore, he who has preserved his own life free from passion through his own natural powers, as providence wills, having seven thousand three hundred and seven male and female servants, departs from the confusion of the passions. 27. He calls this the end: both the freedom from passion here in practice, and the deification there according to grace.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:328 · narrative
Source
28. Ψάλτας λέγει, τούς κατά τήν πρᾶξιν τόν βίον ἔχοντας κράζοντα τοῦ Θεοῦ τά θελήματα. 29. Ψαλτῳδούς εἶναί φησι, τούς οὐ μόνον ποιητάς τῶν θείων θελημάτων, ἀλλά καί τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς μυστηρίων ἄλλοις γινομένους ἐξηγητάς. 30. Ὁ ὀκτώ ἀριθμός, καί στάσιν ἔχει καί κίνησιν· στάσιν μέν καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν θεωρούμενος (πᾶς γάρ ἄρτιος ἀριθμός ἀκίνητος, κέντρον οὐκ ἔχων), κίνησιν δέ, τῷ πρό αὐτοῦ, ἤ τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτόν συντιθέμενος· ποιεῖ γάρ περιττόν ἀριθμόν. Πᾶς γάρ περιττός καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν κινητός, κατά τήν τῶν ἄκρων αὐτοῦ πρός τό μέσον ἴσην ἀπόστασιν. Ὅπερ οὖν ποιεῖ ἐν τοῖς ὑπό δέκα ἀριθμοῖς ὁ ὀκτώ, τοῦτο ποιεῖ καί ὁ ὀγδοήκοντα ἐν τοῖς ὑπό τήν ἑκατοντάδα ἀριθμοῖς· ὡσαύτως δέ καί ὁ ὀκτακόσια ἐν τοῖς ὑπό χιλιάδα ταττόμενος ἀριθμοῖς. Καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν οὖν θεωρούμενος στάσιν ἔχει, περιγράφων τοῦ πρό αὐτοῦ περιττοῦ ὄντος τήν κίνησιν. Ὁ γάρ ἑπτά καί ὁ ἑβδομήκοντα καί ὁ ἑπτακόσια, χρονικῆς ἐμφαντικοί τυγχάνουσιν ἰδιότητος. Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδή τῶν ὑπό χρόνον καί γένεσιν ἔχει μᾶλλον ἡ αἴσθησις τήν κατάληψιν, λείπεται τήν τῶν αἰωνίων καί νοητῶν τόν τελειούμενον νοῦν ἄπταιστον ὑποδέχεσθαι γνῶσιν ἤγουν ἐπιστήμην· τήν γάρ ἐπιστήμην ἄπταιστον ὁρίζονται τοῦ ὑποκειμένου γνῶσιν.
English
28. He calls "psalts" those who live their life in practice, crying out the will of God. 29. He says that "psalm-singers" are those who are not only doers of the divine wills but also become interpreters to others of the mysteries within them. 30. The number eight has both rest and motion: rest, when considered by itself (for every even number is motionless, having no center), and motion, when combined with the number before it or after it; for it produces an odd number. For every odd number is movable by itself, according to the equal distance of its extremes from the middle. What, then, the eight does among the numbers below ten, the eighty also does among the numbers below a hundred; and likewise the eight hundred, ranked among the numbers below a thousand. Considered by itself, then, it has rest, circumscribing the motion of the odd number before it. For seven and seventy and seven hundred are expressive of a temporal property. Since, therefore, perception has the grasp of things under time and generation rather, it remains for the perfected intellect to receive the faultless knowledge—that is, science—of eternal and intelligible things; for they define science as the faultless knowledge of its subject.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:329 · narrative
Source
Ὁ δέ πεντήκοντα ἀριθμός, μονάδα φέρων περιττήν μετά τόν εἰς ἑαυτήν τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἑπταπλασιασμόν, τό πέρας δηλοῖ τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀξίοις ποιήσεως. Οὐ γάρ ἔτι κινεῖται περί τήν τῶν ἀρετῶν ποίησιν, ὁ τό κατά φύσιν φθάσας ἀγαθόν, καί ἐν αὐτῷ τήν στάσιν λαβών· ἀρχή γάρ καί τέλος πάσης κινήσεως ἡ μονάς. Ὁ δέ πέντε ἀριθμός, τήν ἐπί τούτοις ἐπιστήμην δηλοῖ· περιέχει γάρ νοητῶν τε καί λογικῶν, αἰσθητικῶν τε καί ζώντων καί ὄντων τούς λόγους· οὕς μόνη περιγράφειν ἡ θεία πέφυκε σοφία, ἥν ἄπταιστον ἐπιστήμην τῆς ἀληθείας ὁρίζονται. 31. Καμήλους Μαδιάν φησιν, ὡς μέν ἐκκρίσεως ἑρμηνευομένης, τάς τῶν γινομένων καί ἀπογινομένων ἀληθεῖς θεωρίας· ὡς δέ πηλοῦ αἱματώδους, τούς κατά ταύτην τήν παροδικήν καί ἄστατον ζωήν τῆς προνοίας νενόηκε λόγους· ὡς δέ ἱδρώτων ἀνθρωπίνων καί μητρός, τούς ἐπί τῇ παρούσῃ ζωῇ τῆς θείας κρίσεως λόγους, οὕς συνάγουσιν, οἵ τε κατά διάνοιαν λογισμοί, καί ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν φαντασία τῶν ὁρατῶν· ἐξ ὧν, λογισμῶν φημι καί φαντασίας, ἡ τῶν ὄντων ἀληθής συνάγεται δόξα, τῆς ἐπ᾿ αἰσθήσεσι διανοίας ὑπάρχουσα καρπός. Ἀνθρωπίνους οὖν καί μητρός λέγει ἱδρῶτας, τούς μετά πόνου προβληθέντας τῆς διανοίας λογισμούς, καί τάς φαντασίας, τῆς μητρός δίκην ἡμᾶς τιθηνούσης αἰσθήσεως. Κάμηλοι δέ Γεφάρ, τουτέστι τῆς κτήσεως τοῦ νώτου· νῶτος δέ ἐστι, τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ σάρξ, ὡς διά τήν ψυχήν γινομένη. Ἐάν οὖν κτησώμεθα τήν σάρκα καλῶς, ἔχομεν αὐτήν δουλεύουσαν τῇ ψυχῇ πρός γένεσιν ἀρετῶν, καί μόνους κατανοοῦμεν αὐτῆς τούς ἐφ᾿ οἷς γέγονε θείους λόγους· μεθ᾿ ὧν καί τούς τῶν ὁρατῶν ὡς καμήλους
English
The number fifty, bearing an odd unit after the sevenfold multiplication of the week upon itself, signifies the completion of the practice of the virtues in those who are worthy. For he who has attained the good according to nature and taken his stand in it is no longer moved concerning the practice of the virtues; for the unit is the beginning and end of all movement. And the number five signifies the knowledge that comes after these things; for it contains the principles of things intelligible and rational, of things perceptible and living and existent—principles which divine wisdom alone is by nature able to encompass, which they define as the unerring knowledge of the truth. 31. He calls the camels of Midian, on the one hand, since "choice" is the meaning, the true contemplations of things that come to be and pass away; on the other hand, since it means "bloody clay," he has understood by them the principles of providence concerning this transient and unstable life; and on the other hand, since it means "human sweats" and "mother," the principles of the divine judgment concerning the present life, which both the reasonings of the mind and the sensory imagination of visible things gather together; from which—I mean from reasonings and imagination—the true opinion of existing things is gathered, being the fruit of the mind directed upon sensory things. He calls them human sweats and of the mother, then: the reasonings of the mind brought forth with toil, and the imaginations, sense nursing us like a mother. And the camels of Gephar, that is, of the possession of the back; and the back is, of the soul, the flesh, since it comes to be for the sake of the soul. If, then, we possess the flesh well, we have it serving the soul for the generation of virtues, and we contemplate in it only the divine principles for the sake of which it came to be; together with which also the principles of visible things, as camels—
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:330 · narrative
Source
Μαδιάμ ἀθροίσαντες λόγους, καλύπτομεν τήν ἡμετέραν Ἱερουσαλήμ, τήν ψυχήν, περιβάλλοντες τοῖς θείοις τῶν ὄντων θεωρήμασι, καί ἀθέατον αὐτήν ποιοῦντες τοῖς πάθεσι καί ἀνάλωτον. 32. Ὁ τετρακόσια ἀριθμός τήν τοῦ σωματικοῦ κόσμου φύσιν δηλοῖ. Τέσσαρα γάρ αὐτήν στοιχεῖα συμπληροῦσιν. Ὁ δέ τριακονταπέντε, τήν κατά χρόνον τῶν ἐναρέτων σύν λόγῳ σημαίνει κίνησιν. Ὁ γάρ ἑπτά πεντάκις εἰς ἑαυτόν συντεθείς, τόν τριακονταπέντε ποιεῖ ἀριθμόν. Ἔστιν οὖν ὁ ἑπτά κινήσεως χρονικῆς· ὁ δέ πέντε, λογικῆς ἐπιστήμης σημαντικός. Συνάψας οὖν τόν τετρακόσια καί τριάκοντα καί πέντε, τήν κατά φύσιν καί χρόνον τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ζώντων θείων ἀνδρῶν λογικήν ἐπιστήμην ἐδήλωσας. 33. Συμφωνεῖ τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς τά ἀριθμούμενα. Ὁ ἵππος περί τόν δρόμον ταχύς, τό ἀεικίνητον καί ἀνωφερές στοιχεῖον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς ποσίν· ὁ χρόνος περί τήν κίνησιν ὀξύς, ἀδιάστατον τήν οἰκείαν ποιούμενος φθοράν, ἡ πρᾶξις τῶν ἀριθμουμένων δραστική· κυκλικός γάρ αὐτήν ἀριθμός ποιεῖται κατάδηλον. Ὁ γάρ ἕξ ὑφ᾿ ἑαυτόν ἑξάκις συντεθείς, ἑαυτόν γεννᾷ ἑξαπλάσιον. Οὐκοῦν τό ταχύ καί ἰξύ καί δραστικόν τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἕξεως, μυστικῶς δηλουμένων θείων ἀνδρῶν, διά τῶν ἵππων καί τοῦ αὐτῶν ἀριθμοῦ δεδήλωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ πνεύματος. 34.
English
Having gathered the words of Madiam, we cover our Jerusalem, the soul, clothing it with the divine contemplations of beings and making it unseen and unconquerable by the passions. 32. The number four hundred indicates the nature of the bodily world. For four elements complete it. And thirty-five signifies the movement of the virtuous in time, together with reason. For seven taken five times into itself makes the number thirty-five. So seven is of temporal movement; and five is significant of rational knowledge. Having joined therefore four hundred and thirty and five, you have indicated the rational knowledge, according to nature and time, of the divine men living in them. 33. The things numbered agree with the numbers. The horse is swift in its course, having in its feet the ever-moving and upward-tending element; time is sharp in movement, making its own destruction without interval; the action of those numbered is effective; for a cyclical number makes it manifest. For six taken six times under itself begets itself sixfold. Therefore the swift and the straight and the effective of the disposition according to virtue, of divine men mystically indicated, the word of the Spirit has made clear through the horses and their number. 34.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:331 · narrative
Source
Ὁ πρόληψιν περί ἑαυτοῦ γνώσεως, φησίν, τοῖς θεωμένοις διδούς κατά μόνην τήν προφοράν ὧν σεσύληκε λόγων, τάς τῶν ἀσυνέτων ἀκοάς ὡς Ἀβεσαλώμ παραπείθων, καί τῇ συνουσίᾳ τυραννικῶς τάς καλάς τοῦ διδάξαντος θεοφιλεῖς ὥσπερ γυναῖκας, εἰς ἀκοάς ἀμύστους μιαίνων θεωρίας κατά τήν Ἀχιτόφελ συμβουλήν, ὅπερ ἐστίν ἑρμηνευόμενον ἀδελφός κονιάζων· τουτέστιν ἀδελφός δόλῳ φιλιάζων, ἐλέγχεται δοξομανῶν, ὑπό τήν χεῖρα πίπτων τῶν παίδων Δαβίδ, ἐν τῷ πλάτει τῆς τῶν φυσικῶν θεωρημάτων ποικιλίας, τῷ κρείττονι μετά τῆς οἰκείας αὐθαδείας παραταττόμενος. Δείκνυται γάρ μήτε γῆς ἐπιβαίνων, ὡς ἤθους ἀρετῆς πῆξιν οὐκ ἔχων· μήτε μήν οὐρανοῦ παντελῶς ἐπιλαβόμενος, ὡς τῆς ἀληθῶς ὑψηλῆς κατά τήν γνῶσιν ἕξεως οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ἁψάμενος· καί θνήσκει τρία βέλη κατά τῆς καρδίας δεχόμενος, τήν τε τῆς εἰς τόν διδάξαντα παρανομίας φημί μνήμην, καί τήν ἐπί τῇ οἰήσει τῆς οὐκ οὔσης γνώσεως αἰσχύνην· καί τήν ἐπί τούτοις ἄφυκτον τῆς μελλούσης κρίσεως ἐκδοχήν. Ταύταις γάρ φωραθείς ὁ κενόδοξος ταῖς ἀκίσι, θνήσκει βαλλόμενος, ὅν προλαμβάνει τόν δι᾿ ἀγχόνης, ὡς δίκαιον ἦν, ἀποφερόμενος θάνατον, ὁ κακός σύμβουλος Ἀχιτόφελ, διδάσκων πατράσιν ἐπανίστασθαι παῖδας, καί τήν κακήν βουλήν διασκεδαζομένην ὁρῶν. Οὐ φέρει γάρ ἔτι ζῇν, τῆς τε πρός Δαβίδ ψεκτῆς φιλίας ἄρας τό πέπλον, καί τόν δοξομανῆ καί ψευδώνυμον γνωστικόν, ἔχοντα τοῦ λόγου τό κράτος ἀποδεῖξαι μή δυνηθείς. 35. Γαλαάδ, ὡς μέν μετοικία πένθους ἑρμηνευομένη, φησίν, τήν τῆς μετανοίας δηλοῖ κακοπάθειαν·
English
He who gives, it says, to those who contemplate a preconception of knowledge about himself merely by the utterance of the words he has plundered, persuading the ears of the unintelligent as Absalom did, and who tyrannically, by his intercourse, defiles the good and God-loving women of his teacher—that is, their ears—with uninitiated hearings of contemplation, according to the counsel of Ahithophel, which is interpreted as "a brother plastering"—that is, a brother befriending by deceit—is convicted of vainglory, falling under the hand of the children of David, in the breadth of the variety of natural contemplations, arrayed against the stronger with his own self-will. For he is shown neither treading upon the earth, as having no firm foundation of moral virtue, nor yet wholly attaining to heaven, as not at all touching the truly lofty habit of knowledge; and he dies, receiving three arrows in his heart—I mean the memory of his lawlessness against his teacher, the shame over his conceit of knowledge that is not, and, besides these, the inescapable expectation of the coming judgment. For the vainglorious man, detected by these shafts, dies as he is struck, whom the evil counselor Ahithophel precedes, carried off—as was just—by the death that comes through hanging, teaching children to rise up against fathers, and seeing his evil counsel scattered. For he can no longer bear to live, having lifted off the cloak of his blameworthy friendship toward David, and having been unable to demonstrate that the vainglorious and falsely named gnostic possesses the power of reason. 35. Gilead, interpreted as a migration of mourning, he says, signifies the hardship of repentance.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:332 · narrative
Source
ὡς δέ μετοικία μαρτυρίας, τόν ἐπί τοῖς πλημμεληθεῖσιν ἔλεγχον σημαίνει τῆς συνειδήσεως· ὡς δι' ἀποκάλυψις αὐτῶν, τήν κατ᾿ εἶδος τυποῖ τῶν ἁμαρτηθέντων ἐξαγόρευσιν. Ταύτην ὑπελθών τήν κατάστασιν, ὁ τήν οἴησιν ἐπί τινι καλῷ διώκουσαν ἔχων νοῦς, τήν ἐξ αὐτοῦ κατά τήν πρός τήν ἀλλόφυλον αἴσθησιν ἕνωσιν γεννηθεῖσαν οἴησιν ἀποκτέννει· καί πάλιν πρός τήν Ἰουδαίαν καί τήν Ἱερουσαλήμ καί τήν σκηνήν ἐπανέρχεται· λέγω δέ, τήν ἐξομολόγησιν τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ θείων οἰκτιρμῶν· καί τήν ἐπ᾿ ἀρεταῖς τελείαν ἀπάθειαν· καί τήν εἰρηνικήν ἐν πνεύματι θεωρίαν τῶν ὄντων· καί τήν ἐπ᾿ αὐταῖς, οἷα δή θείαν σκηνήν μυστικήν θεολογίαν· ἐν ᾗ μυστικῶς τά παντελῶς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀθέατα περικαλύπτεται κάλλη. 36. Ὁ ὀκτώ εἷς ὤν τῶν ἐντός δεκάδος ἀριθμῶν· καί ὁ ὀγδοήκοντα, τῶν ἐντός ἑκατοντάδος· καί ὁ ὀκτακόσια, τῶν ἐντός χιλιάδος· καί ὁ ὀκτακισχίλια, τῶν ἐντός μυριάδος, ἀκινησίαν καθ᾿ ἑαυτούς θεωρούμενοι δηλοῦσι, κατά μέντοι τήν ἄνεσιν τοῦ
English
As a migration of testimony, it signifies the conscience's conviction concerning the things that have been done amiss; as a revelation of them, it typifies the declaration of sins committed according to their kind. Having entered into this state, the mind that has the conceit pursuing some good thing puts to death the conceit born of it through union with the foreign perception; and again it returns to Judea and Jerusalem and the tabernacle—I mean the confession of the divine mercies shown toward it, and the perfect impassibility in virtues, and the peaceful contemplation in the Spirit of things that exist, and, as it were, a divine tabernacle, the mystical theology concerning them, in which the beauties wholly invisible to others are mystically veiled. 36. The eight, being one of the numbers within the decade; and the eighty, of those within the hundred; and the eight hundred, of those within the thousand; and the eight thousand, of those within the ten thousand, when considered in themselves, signify immobility, but according to the remission of the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:333 · narrative
Source
ποσοῦ καί τήν ἐπίτασιν. Οὐκοῦν ἐπαινετῶς τῇ Γραφῇ κείμενοι, τήν πρός τά πάθη τελείαν ἀκινησίαν δηλοῦσι· τουτέστι, παθῶν ἀπογένεσιν. Τοῦτο δέ τήν τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος χαρακτηρίζει κατάστασιν, ἐν ᾧ παθῶν γένεσις οὐκ ἔστιν. Ὁ δέ τεσσαράκοντα, τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἰκόνα φέρει· καί ὁ πέντε, τῶν αἰσθήσεων· αἷς κατ᾿ ἐπιστήμην φυσικήν ὁ αἰσθητός ὑποπέπτωκε κόσμος. Εἰκότως οὖν τήν περί κακίαν ἄγονον ἕξιν, καί τήν πρός τά αἰσθητά κατά τήν πρός αὐτά τῶν αἰσθήσεων σχέσιν τελείαν τῶν θείων ἀνδρῶν ἀποδιάθεσιν ὁ παρών ἀριθμός δηλοῖ. 37. Σφαιρικόν τόν πέντε φησίν ἀριθμόν, ὡς κυκλικόν καί εἰς ἑαυτόν κατά πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ πρός πάντα περιττόν ἀριθμόν γινομένην σύνθεσιν, ἀποκαθιστάμενον. Ἑκάστῳ γάρ περιττῷ τόν πέντε πενταπλασίως συνθείς, εἰς τόν πέντε λήγοντα τόν συναγόμενον εὑρήσεις ἀριθμόν. Οἷον πεντάει τρεῖς, δεκαπέντε· πεντάει πέντε, εἰκοσιπέντε· πεντάει ἑπτά, τριακονταπέντε· πεντάει ἐννέα, τεσσαρακονταπέντε. Οὕτως οὖν ἐπ᾿ ἄπειρον προϊών, εὑρήσεις ἑκάστῳ περιττῷ ἀριθμῷ συντιθέμενον πεντάκις τόν πέντε, καί πεντηκοντάκις τόν πεντήκοντα· καί πεντακοσιοντάκις τόν πεντακόσια· καί πεντακισχιλιοντάκις τόν πεντακισχίλια, πρός ἑαυτόν κατά τόν συναγόμενον ἀριθμόν ἀποκαθιστάμενον ὅπερ κυκλικῆς ἴδιον καί σφαιρικῆς ὑπάρχει κινήσεως. Εἰκότως οὖν σφαιρικόν τε καί κυκλικόν οἱ τά τοιαῦτα σοφοί τόν πέντε κεκλήκασιν ἀριθμόν· ὡς μηδέποτε παντελῶς ἑαυτοῦ κατά τήν πρός τούς λεγομένους περιττούς ἀριθμούς σύνθεσιν ἐξιστάμενον.
English
how much, and also the intensity. Therefore, when they are set down in Scripture in a praiseworthy manner, they signify complete motionlessness in relation to the passions—that is, the cessation of passions. And this characterizes the state of the age to come, in which there is no genesis of passions. And the forty bears the image of things perceptible, and the five of the senses, by which the perceptible world has been subjected to natural knowledge. Reasonably, then, this present number signifies the barren habit in relation to vice, and the complete disengagement of these divine men from perceptible things according to the relation of the senses to them. 37. He says that the number five is spherical, as being circular and returning to itself in every composition of it with every odd number. For if you add five five times to each odd number, you will find the sum ending in five. For example, five times three is fifteen; five times five is twenty-five; five times seven is thirty-five; five times nine is forty-five. Proceeding thus without limit, you will find that five, added five times to each odd number, and fifty to fifty, and five hundred to five hundred, and five thousand to five thousand, returns to itself according to the sum—which is the property of circular and spherical motion. Reasonably, then, those who are wise in such matters have called the number five spherical and circular, as never entirely departing from itself in its composition with the so-called odd numbers.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:334 · narrative
Source
Σημαίνει δέ καί τήν γενικήν ἐπιστήμην, τήν μηδαμῶς τῇ περί τό πᾶν ἀλήκτῳ κινήσει κατά τήν γνῶσιν ἑαυτῆς ἐξισταμένην, καί πάντα τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ λόγου περιλαμβάνουσαν. 38. Ἐλπίδι κολάσεως παθῶν ἀπαλλάσσουσα, φόβον ἡ σοφία ποιεῖ· τῆ δέ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπικτήσει τόν νοῦν ἐθίζουσα, βλέπειν τά μέλλοντα πόθον ἐργάζεται. 39. Ἡ σοφία φόβος ἐστίν, κατά τήν ἀποφυγήν γινομένη στέρησις, τοῖς οὐκ ὀρεγομένοις αὐτῆς· καί πόθος ἐστίν, ἕξις ἀπολαυστικῆς ἐνεργείας εὑρισκομένη, τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτήν. Ν (56). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΕΛΗΛΥΘΟΤΩΝ ΕΧΘΡΩΝ ΙΟΥΔΑ ΚΑΙ ΒΕΝΙΑΜΙΝ. ( 56. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Ν ' Πάλιν γέγραπται ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ Ἔσδρα· Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα καὶ Βενιαμὶν ἐληλύθασιν ἐπιγνῶναι τίς ἡ φωνὴ τῶν σαλπίγγων καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας οἰκοδομοῦσι τὸν ναὸν τῷ Κυρίῳ Θεῷ Ἰσραήλ, καί, προσελθόντες τῷ Ζοροβάβελ καὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν πατριῶν, λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς· Συνοικοδομήσωμεν ὑμῖν, ὁμοίως γὰρ ὑμῖν ἀκούομεν τοῦ Κυρίου ὑμῶν καὶ αὐτῷ ἐπιθύομεν ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν Ἀσβακαφὰθ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων, ὃς μετήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ζοροβάβελ καὶ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῶν πατριῶν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· Οὐχ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὸν οἶκον Κυρίῳ Θεῷ ἡμῶν· ἡμεῖς γὰρ μόνοι οἰκοδομήσομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Τί ἄρα σημαίνει ταῦτα, καὶ μάλιστα ὁ φθόνος, δι᾽ ὃν οὐκ ἠθέλησαν συνοικοδομῆσαι αὐτοῖς τοὺς τῷ αὐτῷ θρησκεύοντας Θεῷ;
English
It also signifies general knowledge, which in no way departs from its own knowledge through the ceaseless motion concerning the universe, and which comprehends all things by the power of the word. 38. By hope of punishment, wisdom frees from passions and produces fear; and by accustoming the mind through the acquisition of virtues, it creates a longing to see things to come. 39. Wisdom is fear, becoming a deprivation through avoidance for those who do not strive for it; and it is longing, found as a habit of enjoyable activity for those who love it. N (56). CONCERNING THE ENEMIES OF JUDAH AND BENJAMIN WHO HAD COME. (56. QUESTION 50. Again it is written in the second Ezra: And the enemies of the tribe of Judah and Benjamin, having heard, came to know what the sound of the trumpets was, and they recognized that those from the captivity were building the temple to the Lord God of Israel, and, having come to Zerubbabel and Jesus and the leaders of the fathers, they say to them: Let us build together with you, for we hear your Lord just as you do and we sacrifice to him from the days of Asbakaphath king of the Assyrians, who brought us here. And Zerubbabel and Jesus and the leaders of the fathers of Israel said to them: It is not for us and you to build the house to the Lord our God; for we alone will build to the Lord of Israel. What then does this signify, and especially the envy, on account of which those who worship the same God did not wish to build together with them?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:335 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ἰούδας ‘ἐξομολόγησις’ ἑρμηνεύεται· διττὸς δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης ὁ λόγος(1)· ὁ μὲν ἐπ᾽ εὐχαριστίᾳ τῶν δεδωρημένων ἀγαθῶν γινόμενος, ὁ δὲ ἐπ᾽ ἐλέγχῳ καὶ ἐτασμῷ τῶν κακῶς πεπραγμένων λεγόμενος. Ἐξομολόγησις γὰρ λέγεται καὶ ἡ παρὰ τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων μετ᾽ εὐχαριστίας τῶν θείων εὐεργεσιῶν ἀπαρίθμησις καὶ ἡ τῶν κακῶς πεπραγμένων παρὰ τῶν ὑπαιτίων ( ἐξαγόρευσις. Ἀμφότερα δὲ(2) ταπεινώσεως ὑπάρχει ποιητικά· ὅ τε γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθοῖς εὐχαριστῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ ὁ ἐπ᾽ ἐγκλήμασιν ἐταζόμενος ταπεινοῦται, ὁ μὲν ἑαυτὸν κρίνων ἀνάξιον τῶν δοθέντων καλῶν, ὁ δὲ λαβεῖν ἄφεσιν τῶν πλημμεληθέντων δεόμενος. Βενιαμὶν δὲ ‘πένθος ἢ στεναγμὸς μητρὸς ἢ μέτρον μητρὸς ἢ υἱὸς δεξιᾶς ἢ οἰκοδομὴ λαοῦ’ κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβῆς τῆς παρ᾽ Ἑβραίοις φωνῆς ἑρμηνεύεται δύναμιν. Οὐκοῦν πᾶς ἐξομολογούμενος καθ᾽ ἕνα τῶν εἰρημένων τρόπων τῆς φυλῆς ἐστι τοῦ Ἰούδα, καὶ πᾶς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πενθῶν(3) ἤ, μητρὸς δίκην, ἔχων τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον τε καὶ λόγον δεξιῶς ὁρίζουσαν ἢ πολλῶν ὑπάρχων δι᾽ ἀρετῆς περιουσίαν καὶ χύσιν τῆς ἐν λόγῳ διδασκαλίας πρὸς σωτηρίαν ὁδὸς καὶ οἰκοδομὴ τῆς φυλῆς ὑπάρχει τοῦ Βενιαμίν. Τοιούτους γὰρ οἶδεν ὁ λόγος τοὺς ἐλευθερίαν λαμβάνοντας τῆς τῶν παθῶν αἰχμαλωσίας καὶ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐκβαίνοντας σχέσεως καὶ οἶκον τῷ Κυρίῳ, κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ἀπαθείας γενομένους, οἰκοδομεῖν δυναμένους· οἶκον δὲ λέγω τὸν ἐξ ἀρετῶν διαφόρων καὶ λόγων κατά τε πρᾶξιν καὶ θεωρίαν οἰκοδομούμενον νοῦν εἰς κατοικητήριον Θεοῦ ἐν πνεύματι.
English
Answer. Judas is interpreted as "confession"; and the meaning of this word is twofold: the one being that which occurs in thanksgiving for the good things that have been given, and the other that which is spoken for the refutation and examination of things evilly done. For "confession" is said both of the enumeration with thanksgiving of the divine benefactions by those who have been well treated, and of the declaration of things evilly done by those who are guilty. And both are productive of humility; for both the one giving thanks for good things and the one being examined for accusations are humbled, the one judging himself unworthy of the good things given, and the other beseeching to receive forgiveness of his transgressions. And Benjamin is interpreted, according to the exact force of the voice among the Hebrews, as "mourning or groaning of a mother, or measure of a mother, or son of the right hand, or building of a people." Therefore everyone who confesses in one of the ways mentioned is of the tribe of Judas, and everyone who mourns for the sake of virtue, or who, after the manner of a mother, has righteousness rightly defining his own life and word, or who, being of many through virtue an abundance and effusion of teaching in the word unto salvation, is a way and building of the tribe of Benjamin. For the word knows such men to be those who receive freedom from the captivity of the passions and who go out from the relation of sensible things and are able to build a house for the Lord, having become according to the state of impassibility; and by "house" I mean the mind, built from various virtues and words in both practice and contemplation, into a dwelling place of God in the Spirit.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:336 · narrative
Source
Ἐχθροὶ δὲ τούτων εἰσὶ τὰ τέσσαρα ἔθνη τὰ μετοικισθέντα εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ὑπὸ Ἀσβακαφὰθ βασιλέως Ἀσσούρ· οὖτος γὰρ πρῶτος εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ κατῴκισεν ἄνδρας Βαβυλωνίους καὶ ἄνδρας Χοὺθ καὶ ἄνδρας Αἱμὰθ καὶ τοὺς Εὐαίους. Οἱ μὲν οὖν Βαβυλώνιοι(4) τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν δηλοῦσιν, ‘συγκεχυμένη φρόνησις’ ἑρμηνευόμενοι. Χουθαῖοι(5) δὲ τὴν κενοδοξίαν, πρὸς τὴν ἄκαρπον οἴησιν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς μεταβάλλοντες τὴν διάνοιαν ’ἔκστασις’ γὰρ καὶ τούτων ἑρμηνευόμενον τὸ ὄνομα σημαίνει. ( Οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες Αἱμὰθ(6) τὴν ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν Αἱμὰθ γὰρ ‘ὅρασις φαινομένων’ ἑρμηνεύεται, δι᾽ ἧς τὰ ἁδρότερα τῶν λημμάτων τοῖς ψευδῶς μετιοῦσι δι᾽ ἀνθρώπους τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπινενόηται. Οἱ δὲ Εὐαῖοι(7) τὴν ἀπάτην δηλοῦσι τῆς ὑποκρίσεως· ‘ὀφιώδεις’ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύονται, κατὰ τὸν πρῶτον ὄφιν δι᾽ ἀπάτης καὶ ὑποκρίσεως φιλικῆς, ὡς τὸν Ἀδάμ, τοὺς πειθομένους ἀρετῆς ἐξοικίζοντες. Ἀσβακαφὰθ δέ, ὁ τούτους εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ μετοικίσας, ‘αἰχμαλωτεύων ὀπίσθιος’ ἑρμηνεύεται, τουτέστιν ἀφανῶς ἢ λανθανόντως, ἢ πάλιν ‘αἰχμαλωτεύων δεσμοῖς’. Οὗτος δὲ σαφῶς ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πάντα λανθανόντως ποιῶν πρὸς καθαίρεσιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως καὶ σειραῖς ἕκαστον τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτιῶν διασφίγγων. Οὗτος εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, τὴν ἕξιν λέγω τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως, μετῴκισε τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ τὴν κενοδοξίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν καὶ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, παραζεύξας αὐτὰς τοῖς ἐναρέτοις τε καὶ γνωστικοῖς, ἵνα κλέψῃ τῶν κοπιώντων ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τοὺς πόνους, ἐπ᾽ ἄλλα παρὰ τὴν αἰτίαν τὸν σκοπὸν σοφιστικῶς ἀπάγων τῶν γινομένων(8).
English
And their enemies are the four nations that were resettled into the land of Israel by Asbakaphath king of Assyria; for he first settled in the land of Israel men of Babylon and men of Chuth and men of Aemath and the Evaeans. The Babylonians, then, signify pride, being interpreted as "confused understanding." And the Chuthaeans signify vainglory, turning the mind from virtue toward fruitless conceit; for the name of these also, being interpreted, means "ecstasy." And the men of Aemath signify people-pleasing; for Aemath is interpreted as "sight of things that appear," through which the more substantial of the gains have been devised for those who falsely pursue virtue for the sake of men. And the Evaeans signify the deceit of hypocrisy; for they are interpreted as "serpent-like," driving those who are persuaded out of virtue, as Adam was, through deceit and friendly hypocrisy. And Asbakaphath, who resettled these into the land of Israel, is interpreted as "taking captive from behind," that is, secretly or latently, or again "taking captive by bonds." And this is clearly the devil, who does everything latently for the overthrow of human nature and binds each one fast with the chains of his own sins. This one resettled into the land of Israel—I mean the state of virtue and knowledge—pride and vainglory and people-pleasing and hypocrisy, yoking them to those who are virtuous and knowledgeable, in order to steal the labors of those who toil in good things, sophistically leading the aim of what is done away to other things contrary to the cause.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:337 · narrative
Source
Καὶ τάχα τούτους γινώσκων τοὺς πονηροὺς δαίμονας παρέπεσθαι τοῖς ἐναρέτοις ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος Κορινθίους ἔπειθε, γράφων ὡς οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ κολακείας γέγονε πρὸς αὐτούς, ὡς ὑποκριτής, τοῦτο τυχὸν ἐκείνων περὶ αὐτοῦ νομιζόντων, οὔτε προφάσει πλεονεξίας, ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκος, οὔτε ζητῶν δόξαν παρά τινος, ὡς κενόδοξος· τὴν γὰρ ὑπερηφανίαν παρεσιώπησεν, φανεροὺς ἔχων τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης τοὺς ἀληθεῖς χαρακτῆρας τούς τε μυρίους διωγμοὺς καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος παθήματα καὶ τὴν ἄγαν ἀκτημοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ( κατὰ προφορὰν ἰδιωτείαν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, φησίν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τῇ γνώσει. Οὗτοι, ἀκούσαντες τῆς φωνῆς τῶν σαλπίγγων, ἐληλύθασιν ἐπιγνῶναι τίς ἡ φωνή· καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας οἰκοδομοῦσι τὸν ναὸν τῷ Κυρίῳ Θεῷ Ἰσραήλ. Σάλπιγγές εἰσιν(9), ὧν τῆς φωνῆς ἀκούουσιν οἱ ἀκάθαρτοι δαίμονες, οἱ περὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ γνώσεως λόγοι. Φωνὴ δὲ τούτων ὑπάρχει τῶν λόγων τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ ἡ κατ᾽ ἦθος τῶν τρόπων εὐστάθεια τῶν διὰ μετανοίας πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀπὸ κακίας ἐπανελθόντων καὶ ἐξ ἀγνοίας πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν Θεοῦ ἐπαναβεβηκότων. Καὶ προσῆλθον τῷ Ζοροβάβελ καὶ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν πατριῶν, καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς· Συνοικοδομήσωμεν ὑμῖν, ὁμοίως γὰρ ὑμῖν ἀκούομεν τοῦ Κυρίου ὑμῶν καὶ αὐτῷ ἐπιθύομεν.
English
And perhaps knowing that these wicked demons attend upon the virtuous, the divine apostle persuaded the Corinthians, writing that he did not come to them in a word of flattery, as a hypocrite—this being perhaps what they thought about him—nor with a pretext of greed, as a man-pleaser, nor seeking glory from anyone, as vainglorious; for he passed over pride in silence, having the true marks of humility plainly evident: the countless persecutions and the sufferings of the body and the extreme poverty and his lack of eloquence in speech; for even if I am unskilled in speech, he says, yet not in knowledge. These, having heard the sound of the trumpets, have come to know what the sound is; and they recognized that those from the captivity are building the temple to the Lord God of Israel. Trumpets are those whose sound the unclean demons hear—the words concerning virtue and knowledge. And the sound of these words is the works of the virtues and the stability of character in their manner of life of those who through repentance have returned from vice to virtue and have ascended from ignorance to the knowledge of God. And they came to Zerubbabel and Jeshua and the heads of the fathers' houses, and they say to them: Let us build together with you, for we hear your Lord just as you do, and we sacrifice to him.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:338 · narrative
Source
Ζοροβάβελ(10) ἐστὶν ὁ πρακτικὸς νοῦς καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ θεωρητικός, ἡγούμενοι δὲ τῶν πατριῶν εἰσιν αἱ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, ἐξ ὧν ὥρμηνται τῆς ἀρετῆς οἱ τρόποι καὶ οἱ λόγοι τῆς γνώσεως, οἷς προσέρχονται τῆς ὑπερηφανίας καὶ τῆς κενοδοξίας ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας τε καὶ ὑποκρίσεως οἱ ἀκάθαρτοι δαίμονες, λέγοντες· Συνοικοδομήσωμεν ὑμῖν τὸν ναὸν Κυρίου. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ τούτων τῶν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων τοῦ ἐναρέτου ποτὲ κωλύει τὸ πρόθυμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον, τὰς ἐλλείψεις δολερῶς περικόψας τῶν ἀρετῶν, τὰς ἐπιτάσεις ὑπαγορεύει, τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς συμπροθυμούμενος, ἵνα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὅλην ποιήσηται τοῦ ἀσκουμένου τὴν ἔννοιαν, παραπολέσασαν τὸ ἶσον τῆς μεσότητος στάθμιον, καὶ λάθῃ πρὸς ἄλλο παρὰ τὸ δοκοῦν ὁδεύουσα καταγώγιον. Διὸ φασὶν οἱ κακοῦργοι· ὁμοίως ὑμῖν ἀκούομεν τοῦ Κυρίου ὑμῶν. Οὔτε γὰρ μισοῦσι σωφροσύνην οὔτε νηστείαν βδελύσσονται, οὐ χρημάτων διάδοσιν, οὐ φιλοξενίαν, οὐ ψαλμῳδίαν, οὐ σχολὴν ἀναγνώσεως, οὐ τῶν ( μαθημάτων τὰ ὑψηλότερα, οὐ χαμευνίαν, οὐκ ἀγρυπνίαν, οὐ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα, δι᾽ ὧν ὁ κατὰ Θεὸν χαρακτηρίζεται βίος, ἕως πρὸς αὐτοὺς νένευκεν ὁ σκοπὸς καὶ ἡ αἰτία τῶν γινομένων. Τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους τάχιον ἴσως ὁ ἀσκητὴς καταλαβόμενος δαίμονας, ῥᾳδίως τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν βλάβην διαδιδράσκει.
English
Zerubbabel is the practical intellect, and Jesus the contemplative; and the leaders of the fathers are the powers of the soul, from which the dispositions of virtue and the principles of knowledge have their origin, and to these come the unclean demons of pride and vainglory, of men-pleasing and hypocrisy, saying: Let us build together with you the temple of the Lord. For none of these wicked demons ever hinders the eagerness of the virtuous man, but rather, having craftily cut away the deficiencies of the virtues, he suggests intensifications, joining in zeal with the contestants, so that he may draw the whole thought of the ascetic to himself, after it has lost the equal balance of the mean, and so that it may escape notice as it travels to a dwelling other than the one it supposes. Therefore the evildoers say: We hear your Lord in the same way as you. For they neither hate chastity nor loathe fasting, nor the distribution of money, nor hospitality, nor psalmody, nor leisure for reading, nor the higher branches of learning, nor sleeping on the ground, nor vigil, nor all the rest by which the life according to God is characterized, so long as the aim and the cause of what is done inclines toward them. For the ascetic, perhaps having quickly overtaken the other demons, easily escapes the harm from them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:339 · narrative
Source
Τούτους δέ, δοκοῦντας συνεργεῖν τῷ δρόμῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ οἷον συνοικοδομεῖν βουλομένους τὸν ναὸν Κυρίῳ, τίς ἂν τῶν ἄγαν ὑψηλῶν καταλάβοι νοῦς, χωρὶς τοῦ διὰ πάντων χωροῦντος ἐνεργοῦς Λόγου καὶ ζῶντος καὶ διϊκνουμένου ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος(11), τουτέστι διαγινώσκοντος τίνα τῶν ἔργων ἢ νοημάτων εἰσὶ ψυχικά, τουτέστι εἴδη φυσικὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἢ κινήματα, καὶ τίνα τυγχάνει πνευματικά, τουτέστιν ὑπὲρ φύσιν καὶ Θεὸν χαρακτηρίζοντα, τῇ φύσει δὲ κατὰ χάριν διδόμενα. Ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν(12) τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πνευματικοὺς λόγους τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τρόπων ἁρμόδιον ἢ ἀναρμόδιον διόλου σύννευσιν ἐπισταμένου, κρίνοντός τε τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις καὶ τὰς ἐννοίας τῶν καρδιῶν(13), τουτέστι τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀφανεῖς κατὰ τὸ βάθος σχέσεις καὶ τὰς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀοράτους τούτων αἰτίας. Ὧι οὐκ ἔστι κτίσις ἀφανής, ἐν ἡμῖν δηλονότι τοῖς λανθάνειν δοκοῦσιν, πάντα δὲ γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα, οὐ μόνον τὰ γεγενημένα τε καὶ νενοημένα, ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη καὶ τὰ γενησόμενα παρ᾽ ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ νοηθησόμενα; Περὶ γὰρ μελλούσης τυχὸν πράξεως καὶ νοήσεως τὸ οὐκ ἔστι κτίσις ἀφανὴς ὁ λόγος φησίν· οὐ γὰρ περὶ γεγενημένης, ἥτις καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄλλοις πεφανέρωται, σχολῇ γ᾽ ἂν Θεῷ, τῷ πάντας τοὺς ἀπείρους ( τούς τε προγενομένους καὶ ὄντας καὶ ἐσομένους αἰῶνας προεγνωκότι καὶ τῆς πάντων γενέσεως προειληφότι κατὰ φύσιν τὴν γνῶσιν καὶ οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ὄντων, ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ δὲ τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἐν ἑαυτῷ προσυνειληφότι γνῶσιν.
English
But who among the exceedingly lofty intellects could comprehend these men, who seem to cooperate with the course of virtue and, as it were, wish to build together the temple for the Lord, apart from the active and living Logos who passes through all things and pierces even to the division of soul and spirit, that is, who discerns which of works or thoughts are psychic—that is, natural forms or movements of virtue—and which happen to be spiritual, that is, those that characterize what is above nature and God, but are given to nature according to grace? And who comprehends the fitting or wholly unfitting concord of joints and marrow with the spiritual principles of the dispositions according to virtue, and who judges the impulses and thoughts of hearts, that is, the hidden dispositions in the depth regarding the things that have been said and their invisible causes according to the soul? For him no creature is hidden—clearly among us who seem to escape notice—but all things are naked and laid bare, not only the things that have come to be and been thought, but already also the things that will be done by us and the things that will be thought? For the statement says, no creature is hidden, perhaps concerning a future action and thought; for it does not speak of one that has already happened, which is manifest both to us ourselves and to others—scarcely would it be so to God, who has foreknown all the infinite ages (both those that have come before and those that are and those that will be) and has grasped beforehand by nature the knowledge of the genesis of all things, and not from existing things, but from himself has preconceived in himself the knowledge of existing things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:340 · narrative
Source
Μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς τῶν ὄντων ὑπάρχει κατὰ φύσιν γνῶσις, ὡς τῶν ὄντων αἴτιος, καὶ πάλιν αὐτογνῶσις, ὡς ὑπὲρ αἰτίαν φύσει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνῶσιν ἔχων, καὶ ταύτης ἔτι κατὰ τὸν πάντα καὶ πάμπαν τῆς ἀπειρίας ὑπεράπειρον ἀπειράκις λόγον ἀνῳκισμένος(14), ὅτι καὶ τῆς οὕτω λεγομένης γνώσεως δημιουργὸς παντὶ λόγῳ τε καὶ τρόπῳ, καὶ πάσης ἄλλης λεχθῆναι ἢ νοηθῆναι δυναμένης γνώσεως, ὑπάρχων ἀπρόσιτος. Τίς, τοῦτον οὐκ ἔχων ἐνοικοῦντα τὸν Λόγον τῷ βάθει τῆς καρδίας, δυνήσεται, τοὺς ἀφανεῖς δόλους τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ὑποκρίσεως τῶν δαιμόνων ὑπαλύξας, στῆναι καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν μονώτατος, χωρίς τινος ἐπιμιξίας, καὶ οἰκοδομῆσαι τοῦ Κυρίου τὸν ναὸν κατὰ τὸν μέγαν Ζοροβάβελ καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τοὺς ἡγουμένους τῶν πατριῶν, φάσκοντας διαρρήδην μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ τοῖς ἀπαταιῶσι πνεύμασι τῆς ὑπερηφανίας καὶ τῆς κενοδοξίας καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας καὶ τῆς ὑποκρίσεως· Οὐχ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὸν οἶκον Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν· ἡμεῖς γὰρ μόνοι οἰκοδομήσομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, γινώσκων ὡς ἡ τούτων ἐπιμιξία τῆς ὅλης οἰκοδομῆς ποιεῖται φθορὰν καὶ καθαίρεσιν, καὶ συλᾷ τῆς τῶν θείων ἀναθημάτων εὐπρεπείας τὴν χάριν; Οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται, τινὰ τῶν εἰρημένων δαιμόνων ἔχων τὴν ἀρετὴν συμμετερχόμενον, ταύτην τῷ Κυρίῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι· οὐ γὰρ ἔχει τὸν Θεὸν τῶν γινομένων τέλος, ὃν θεώμενος ταύτην διέξεισιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ διὰ ταύτης συνίστησι.
English
For He alone of existing things is by nature knowledge, as the cause of existing things, and again self-knowledge, as having His own knowledge by nature beyond cause, and still further exalted above that, by a wholly and utterly transcendent and infinitely repeated account, beyond the boundless boundlessness of ignorance, since He is the creator of what is thus called knowledge in every account and manner, and of every other knowledge that can be spoken or conceived, being unapproachable. Who, not having this Word dwelling in the depth of his heart, will be able, escaping the unseen wiles of the demons' hypocrisy against us, to stand by himself most alone, without any mingling, and to build the temple of the Lord, like the great Zerubbabel and Jesus and the leaders of the fathers, who plainly declared with a loud voice to the deceitful spirits of pride and vainglory and men-pleasing and hypocrisy: Not for us and for you to build the house of the Lord our God; for we alone will build to the Lord of Israel, knowing that their mingling brings corruption and destruction to the whole building, and robs the grace of the beauty of the divine offerings? For no one can, having any of the said demons accompanying virtue, build it to the Lord; for he does not have God as the end of what is done, whom contemplating he would pass through it, but the passion which he establishes through it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:341 · narrative
Source
Οὐ φθονοῦντες οὖν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας οὐ κατεδέξαντο τοὺς Βαβυλωνίους καὶ τοὺς Χουθαίους καὶ τοὺς Αἱμαθαίους καὶ τοὺς Εὐαίους συνοικοδομοῦντας αὐτοῖς τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου ναόν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεγνωκότες τοὺς φιλικοὺς δόλους τῆς τῶν ( δαιμόνων κακουργίας, διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ λεληθότως αὐτοῖς βουλομένης κατεργάσασθαι τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸν θάνατον. Γένοιτο δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀεὶ λέγειν τοῖς ἐν πλάσματι φιλίας πνευματικῆς ἀοράτως προσβάλλουσι πνεύμασι τῆς πονηρίας καὶ λέγουσι Συνοικοδομήσωμεν ὑμῖν τὸν ναὸν τῷ Κυρίῳ ὑμῶν· Οὐχ ὑμῖν καὶ ἡμῖν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὸν οἶκον Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν· ἡμεῖς γὰρ μόνοι οἰκοδομήσομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Μόνοι μέν, ὅτι τῶν κατ᾽ ἔλλειψιν τῇ ἀρετῇ πολεμούντων ἐλευθερωθέντες πνευμάτων(15), ὧν καὶ ἐκβεβήκαμεν, οὐ βουλόμεθα ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς δι᾽ ὑμῶν ἐπαρθέντας πάλιν περιπαρῆναι καὶ πεσεῖν πτῶσιν τοσοῦτον τῆς προτέρας χαλεπωτέραν, ὅσον τῆς μὲν ἦν ἐπανόδου ἐλπὶς εὐχερὴς συγγνωσθεῖσι διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν, τῆς δὲ ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν ἢ δυσχερὴς ἔσται(16) μισηθεῖσι διὰ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ποιουμένοις ἕτερόν τι δεξιώτερον· οὐ μόνοι δὲ πάλιν, ὅτι τοὺς ἁγίους ἀγγέλους ἔχομεν τῶν καλῶν συλλήπτορας, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν Θεὸν αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμῖν ἑαυτὸν ἐμφανίζοντα διὰ τῶν ἔργων τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ ναὸν ἅγιον οἰκοδομοῦντα καὶ παντὸς πάθους ἐλεύθερον.
English
Therefore those of the captivity did not receive the Babylonians and the Chuthaeans and the Aemathaeans and the Evaeans, who were building the temple of the Lord together with them, out of envy, but because they recognized the friendly guile of the wickedness of the demons, which through the good secretly wished to work out for them the death of sin. May it be that we too always say to the spirits of wickedness that invisibly attack us in a guise of spiritual friendship and say, "Let us build the temple to your Lord together with you": "It is not for you and for us to build the house to the Lord our God; for we alone will build to the Lord of Israel." Alone, indeed, because, having been freed from the spirits that war against virtue by deficiency—from which we have also departed—we do not wish, having been puffed up through you by excesses, to be pierced again and to fall by a fall as much harsher than the former as the former had an easy hope of return for those who were forgiven because of weakness, whereas for the latter there is either no hope or it will be difficult for those who are hated because of pride and who make something else more right than the right hand. And not alone again, because we have the holy angels as helpers in good things, or rather God Himself manifesting Himself in us through the works of righteousness and building us for Himself as a holy temple, free from every passion.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:342 · narrative
Source
ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ὅτι διχῶς ἐξομολόγησις. 2. Ὅτι πᾶσα, φησίν, ἐξομολόγησις ταπεινοῖ τήν ψυχήν· ἡ μέν, χάριτι δικαιωθεῖσαν, ἡ δέ, ἀθυμίᾳ γνώμης οἰκείας ἐπ᾿ ἐγκλήμασιν ἐνεχομένην αὐτήν ἐκδιδάσκουσα. 3. Ὁ πενθῶν ἐπί τοῖς πρώτοις ἁμαρτήμασι, καί τελείως ἔχων γεννῶσαν αὐτόν ἀεί εἰς δικαιοσύνην τήν εἰς Θεόν πίστιν καί πᾶσαν ἀρετῆς ὑποτύπωσιν τόν ἑαυτοῦ παρεχόμενον ( βίον καί λόγον, τῆς τοῦ Βενιαμίν πνευματικῆς ἑαυτόν κατέστησε φυλῆς, γνώμης ἔργον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀνάγκης τήν κατά Θεόν ὑπάρχουσαν δείξας γέννησιν. Δεξιᾶς γάρ υἱός ἐστιν, ὁ τήν κατά Θεόν γνωμικήν ἑκουσίως ὑπερχόμενος γέννησιν. 4. Τούς Βαβυλωνίους λέγει τήν ὑπερηφάνειαν, ὡς συγκεχυμένην ὑπάρχουσαν φρόνησιν. Τό γάρ τῆς ὑπερηφανείας πάθος ἐκ δύο συνέστηκεν ἀγνοιῶν. Δύο δέ συνελθοῦσαι πρός ἕνωσιν ἄγνοιαι, μίαν φρόνησιν συγκεχυμένην ἀποτελοῦσι. Μόνος γάρ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὑπερήφανος, ὁ καί τήν θείαν βοήθειαν, καί τήν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀγνοήσας ἀσθένειαν. Οὐκοῦν ὑπερηφάνειά ἐστι θείας καί ἀνθρωπίνης γνώσεως στέρησις. Τῇ γάρ τῶν ἀληθῶς ἄκρων ἀποφάσει, μία ψευδής ὑπάρχει κατάφασις.
English
SCHOLIA 1. That confession is twofold. 2. That every confession, he says, humbles the soul: the one, having been justified by grace; the other, teaching it by dejection of its own disposition, being held fast in accusations. 3. He who mourns over his first sins, and who perfectly possesses faith in God, which always gives birth to him unto righteousness, and every pattern of virtue, offering his own life and reason, has established himself of the spiritual tribe of Benjamin, showing his birth according to God to be a work of choice, not of necessity. For he is a son of the right hand, who willingly surpasses the birth according to God that is by choice. 4. By the Babylonians he means pride, as being a confused mind. For the passion of pride consists of two ignorances. And two ignorances coming together into unity produce one confused mind. For that one alone is proud, who has ignored both the divine help and human weakness. Pride, therefore, is the deprivation of divine and human knowledge. For by the denial of the truly highest things, there is one false affirmation.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:343 · narrative
Source
5. Τούς Χουθαίους λέγει τήν κενοδοξίαν. Σκοποῦ γάρ τοῦ κατά Θεόν ἔκστασις, καί πρός ἄλλον σκοπόν παρά τόν θεῖόν ἐστιν ἡ κενοδοξία μετάβασις. Κενόδοξος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς οἰκείας, ἀλλά μή τῆς θείας ἕνεκα δόξης τήν ἀρετήν ἐπιτηδεύων, καί πόνοις οἰκείοις τούς ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἀνυποστάτους ἐπαίνους ὠνούμενος. 6. Αἱμάθ λέγει τήν ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν. Μόνων γάρ ἐπιμελεῖται τῶν φαινομένων ἠθῶν ὁ ἀνθρωπάρεσκος, καί μήν καί λόγου τοῦ κόλακος, ἵνα τοῖς μέν τήν ὅρασιν, τοῖς δέ τήν ἀκοήν σφετερίζηται, τῶν μόνοις ἡδομένων ἤ καταπληττομένων τοῖς φαινομένοις τε καί ἀκουομένοις, καί μόνῃ τῇ αἰσθήσει περιγραφόντων τήν ἀρετήν. Ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν οὖν εἶναί φαμεν, τήν ὡς ἐπ᾿ ἀρετῇ δι᾿ ἀνθρώπους τιμωμένην τῶν ἠθῶν τε καί λόγων ἐπίδειξιν. 7. Εὐαίους λέγει τήν ὑπόκρισιν. Ὑπόκρισις δέ ἐστι φιλίας προσποίησις, ἤ μῖσος σχήματι φιλίας κεκαλυμμένον· ἤ ἔχθρα δι᾿ εὐνοίας ἐνεργουμένη, ἤ φθόνος ἀγάπης χαρακτῆρα μιμούμενος· ἤ φιλαμαρτήμων διάθεσις, τῇ τῶν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἠθῶν προβολῇ τούς θεωμένους λαμβάνουσα· ἤ βίος ( ἀρετῆς πλάσματι, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πράγματι τό κόσμιον ἔχω ἤ δικαιοσύνης προσποίησις, τῇ τοῦ εἶναι δοκήσει συντηρουμένη, ἤ τρόπος ἠθικῆς φιλοσοφίας, τήν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν συγκαλύπτων τῆς γνώμης λανθάνουσαν στέρησιν· ἤ ἀπάτη, ἀληθείας ἔχουσα μόρφωσιν, ἥν οἱ τόν ὄφιν τῇ τῶν ἠθῶν σκολιότητι μιμούμενοι ἐπιτηδεύουσι. 8. Τῶν ὄντων αἰτία, καί τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὄντων ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ὁ Θεός.
English
5. He calls the Huthites vainglory. For the goal according to God is ecstasy, and vainglory is a transition to another goal beside the divine one. For vainglorious is he who practices virtue for the sake of his own glory, but not the divine glory, and who buys with his own labors the praises that come from men and have no substance. 6. He calls Amath man-pleasing. For the man-pleaser takes care only for the outward appearances of character, and indeed also of flattering speech, so that he may win over some by sight and others by hearing—those who take pleasure or are struck only by things seen and heard, and who circumscribe virtue by sense perception alone. We say, then, that man-pleasing is the display of characters and words honored as virtue for the sake of men. 7. He calls Euaeous hypocrisy. And hypocrisy is a pretense of friendship, or hatred concealed under the guise of friendship; or enmity worked through goodwill, or envy imitating the stamp of love; or a disposition that loves sin, catching the observers by the display of virtuous characters; or a life that has its decorum in a fiction of virtue, but not in reality; or a pretense of righteousness, maintained by the appearance of being; or a manner of ethical philosophy that conceals the hidden deprivation of the mind's purpose according to virtue; or deceit, having the form of truth, which those who imitate the serpent in the crookedness of their characters practice. 8. God is the cause of beings, and of the good things that are among beings.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:344 · narrative
Source
Ὁ τοίνυν περί τήν ἀρετήν καί τήν γνῶσιν πονούμενος, καί μή τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς ἐν χάριτι προκοπῆς συνεπεκτείνων τῆς οἰκείας ἀνικανότητος τήν ἐπιγνωμοσύνην, τό τῆς ὑπερηφανείας κακόν οὐ διέφυγεν. Ὁ δέ δόξης ἕνεκεν ἰδίας τό καλόν ἐπιτηδεύων, ἑαυτόν τοῦ Θεοῦ προετίμησε, τῷ τῆς κενῆς δόξης ἥλῳ περιπαρείς. Ὁ δέ πρός τό θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ποιῶν ἤ διώκων τήν ἀρετήν, τῆς θείας πολλῷ τήν ἀνθρωπίνην ὑπερέθηκεν ἀποδοχήν, τῷ τῆς ἀνθρωπαρεσκίας πάθει νοσηλευόμενος. Ὁ δέ μόνῃ τῇ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν σεμνότητι πρός ἀπάτην κακούργως ἐπιχρώσας τά ἤθη, καί τήν πονηράν τῆς γνώμης διάθεσιν τῷ φαινομένῳ σχήματι τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐπικαλύπτων, τῷ τῆς ὑποκρίσεως ἐξωνεῖται δόλῳ τήν ἀρετήν. Οὐκοῦν ἐπ᾿ ἄλλα παρά τήν αἰτίαν ἑκάστου τούτων ἀπήγαγε τόν σκοπόν, ὁ νοητός Ἀσβακαφάθ. 9. Οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ ψιλῶς κατά μόνην λαλούμενοι τήν προφοράν, φησίν, οὐκ ἀκούονται, φωνήν, τήν τῶν αὐτούς λαλούντων πρᾶξιν, οὐκ ἔχοντες. Εἰ δέ τῇ πράξει τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐκφωνοῦνται, τούς τε δαίμονας ἔχουσι τῇ τοιαύτῃ διαστηκομένους φωνῇ, καί τούς ἀνθρώπους τῇ προκοπῇ τῶν ἔργων τῆς δικαιοσύνης εὐπειθῶς τόν θεῖον τῆς καρδίας οἰκοδομοῦντας ναόν. 10. Τόν Ζοροβάβελ ἐνταῦθα, εἰς τόν πρακτικόν νοῦν ἔλαβεν, ὡς πολεμικώτερον· τόν δέ Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τόν θεωρητικόν, ὡς ( ἱερέα, καί διά παντός τήν ἐντυχίαν πρός τόν Θεόν ποιεῖσθαι τεταγμένον. 11. Μερισμόν ψυχῆς καί πνεύματος λέγει τήν διαφοράν τῶν ἐκ φύσεως ἀρετῶν, ὧν φυσικῶς ἔχομεν τούς λόγους, καί τῶν ἐκ Πνεύματος, ὧν κατά δωρεάν δεχόμεθα τήν χάριν· τούτων γάρ εὐκρινῶς τήν διαστολήν ποιεῖται κρίνων ὁ Λόγος. 12.
English
Therefore, the one who labors in virtue and knowledge but does not extend the awareness of his own incapacity to the measure of his progress in grace has not escaped the evil of pride. And he who pursues the good for the sake of his own glory has preferred himself to God, pierced by the nail of vainglory. And he who does or pursues virtue in order to be seen by men has set human approval far above divine approval, being sick with the passion of people-pleasing. And he who craftily tints his character with the mere dignity of virtue for the sake of deception, and covers the evil disposition of his mind with the outward appearance of piety, purchases virtue by the fraud of hypocrisy. So then, the noetic Ashbakaqath led the goal of each of these to things other than the cause. 9. The words of God, he says, when spoken merely according to the utterance alone, are not heard, since they do not have as their voice the action of those who speak them. But if they are uttered by the practice of the commandments, they both hold the demons in check, divided as they are by such a voice, and build up men, obediently through the progress of the works of righteousness, as the divine temple of the heart. 10. Zerubbabel here he took to mean the practical intellect, as being more warlike; and Jesus, the contemplative, as being a priest and appointed always to make his petition to God. 11. He calls the division of soul and spirit the difference between the natural virtues, of which we possess the principles by nature, and those which are from the Spirit, of which we receive the grace as a gift; for the Word, when judging, makes the distinction between these clearly. 12.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:345 · narrative
Source
Μυελός ἐστιν ὁ θεῖος λόγος, ὁ τούς ἐν ἡμῖν ὥσπερ ὀστᾶ θείους διατρέφων λογισμούς, τούς ὑποτρέφοντας τό σῶμα τῶν ἀρετῶν. Ἁρμός δέ ἐστιν, ὁ τῆς πράξεως τρόπος, καθ᾿ ὅν ἡ πρός τούς θείους λόγους τῶν λογισμῶν γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν ἕνωσις πρός μίαν ἀρετῆς ἐκπλήρωσιν. 13. Τάς ἐνθυμήσεις δέ καί τάς ἐννοίας, ὧν ἐστι κριτικός ὁ Λόγος φησίν εἶναι, τάς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπί τε τοῖς θείοις λόγοις καί τοῖς λογισμοῖς σχέσεις, καί τάς αὐτῶν δηλαδή τῶν σχέσεων αἰτίας. Ἡ γάρ ἐνθύμησις κινεῖ μνήμην, ἧς οἰκεῖον ἡ σχέσις· ἡ δέ ἔννοια, πέρας ἀποσκοπεῖ, ὅπερ αἰτίαν χαρακτηρίζει. 14. Ἡ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν γνῶσις, φησίν, ἔστιν ὁ Θεός· προηγεῖται δέ σαφῶς πάσης γνώσεως ὁ νοῦς, ᾧ καί ὑποπίπτειν πέφυκεν· ἄρα καί ὑπέρ ταύτην ἐστίν ὁ Θεός, ὅτι καί ὑπέρ πάντα νοῦν, ᾧ γνῶσις καθοτιοῦν πέφυκεν ὑποπίπτειν, ὑπεραπείρως καθέστηκεν. 15. Οἱ κατ᾿ ἔλλειψιν ἀρετῆς πολεμοῦντες δαίμονές εἰσιν, οἱ πορνείαν καί μέθην, φυλαργυρίαν τε καί φθόνον, καί τοιαῦτα διδάσκοντες· οἱ δέ καθ᾿ ὑπερβολήν πολεμοῦντές εἰσιν, οἱ τήν οἴησιν καί τήν κενοδοξίαν καί τήν ὑπερηφάνειαν, καί τά τοιαῦτα διδάσκοντες· καί διά τῶν δεξιῶν τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς ἐπικεκρυμμένως ἐμπείροντες.
English
The divine word is the marrow, which nourishes the divine thoughts within us as though they were bones, and these in turn nourish the body of the virtues. And the joint is the manner of action, according to which the union of our thoughts with the divine words naturally comes about, toward a single fulfillment of virtue. 13. The stirrings of the heart and the conceptions, of which the Word says he is the judge, are the soul's relations to the divine words and to the thoughts, and clearly also the causes of those very relations. For the stirring of the heart moves memory, to which relation is proper; and the conception looks toward an end, which characterizes a cause. 14. The knowledge according to essence, he says, is God; and clearly the intellect precedes all knowledge, and it is natural for knowledge to fall under it; therefore God is also beyond this, because he is beyond every intellect, under which knowledge in any way whatsoever naturally falls, and he is established beyond conception. 15. Those who war against us by deficiency of virtue are demons, who teach fornication and drunkenness, love of money and envy, and the like; and those who war by excess are those who teach presumption and vainglory and arrogance, and the like; and through the things on the right they secretly strike with the things on the left.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:346 · narrative
Source
16. Ἀρετῆς ὅρος ἐστίν, ἡ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀσθενείας κατ᾿ ἐπίγνωσιν πρός τήν θείαν δύναμιν ἕνωσις. Ὁ τοίνυν ἑαυτόν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ περιγράφων τῆς φύσεως, πρός τόν ὅρον οὐκ ἦλθε ( τῆς ἀρετῆς· διά τοῦτο πλημμελεῖ, μήπω λαβών τήν τό ἀσθενές ἰσχυούσαν δύναμιν· ὁ δέ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως τήν οἰκείαν ἀσθένειαν ὡς ἰσχύν αὐθαδῶς ἀντιπροβαλλόμενος, τόν ὅρον παρῆλθε τῆς ἀρετῆς· καί διά τοῦτο πλημμελῶν, ὡς τοῦ κατόπιν ὑπερφεροῦς παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ γενομένου, οὐκ ἐπιγινώσκει. Ἀρετήν γάρ εἶναι νομίζει τό πλημμέλημα. Συγγνωστός οὖν μᾶλλον, ὅ τῇ κατά τήν φύσιν ἀσθενείᾳ ἑαυτόν περιγράψας, παθών μᾶλλον ἐκ ῥᾳθυμίας τῆς ἀρετῆς τήν ἔκπτωσιν, ἤ ὁ τήν οἰκείαν ἀσθένειαν ὡς ἰσχύν πρός τήν τῶν καθηκόντων ποίησιν ἀντιπαραβαλλόμενος τῆς θείας δυνάμεως, δράσας μᾶλλον ἐξ αὐθαδίας τήν ἔκπτωσιν. ΝΖ (57). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΠΟΛΥ ΙΣΧΥΕΙ ΕΥΧΗ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΥ ΕΝΕΡΓΟΥΜΕΝΗ". ( 57. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΝΖ' Πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. Τί ἐστι τὸ ἐνεργουμένη; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
16. The boundary of virtue is the union, through knowledge, of human weakness with divine power. Therefore, the one who confines himself to the weakness of his nature has not reached the boundary of virtue; for this reason he fails, not yet having received the power that makes weakness strong. But the one who boldly sets his own weakness against divine power as though it were strength has passed beyond the boundary of virtue; and for this reason, failing, he does not recognize it, since what lies beyond has been made superior by himself. For he considers the failure to be virtue. Therefore, the one who confines himself to the weakness according to nature is more deserving of forgiveness, having fallen from virtue rather through slackness, than the one who sets his own weakness against divine power as though it were strength for the doing of what is fitting, having fallen rather through arrogance. NZ (57). Concerning "The prayer of a righteous man is powerful when it is energized." (57. Question 57: "The supplication of a righteous man is powerful when it is energized." What is "when it is energized"? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:347 · narrative
Source
Κατὰ δύο τρόπους ἐνεργουμένην οἶδα τοῦ δικαίου τὴν δέησιν· καθ᾽ ἕνα μέν, ὁπόταν μετὰ τῶν κατ᾽ ἐντολὴν ἔργων τῷ Θεῷ τὴν ταύτης ποιεῖται προσαγωγὴν τῆς δεήσεως ὁ εὐχόμενος καὶ μή, μόνον ἐν ψιλῷ λόγῳ καὶ διακένῳ φωνῆς ἤχῳ τῆς γλώττης ἐκπίπτουσαν, ἀργὴν κεῖσθαι τὴν δέησιν καὶ ἀνυπόστατον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνεργὸν καὶ ζῶσαν, τοῖς τρόποις τῶν ἐντολῶν ψυχουμένηνεὐχῆς γὰρ καὶ δεήσεως ὑπόστασις ἡ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ὑπάρχει προδήλως ἐκπλήρωσις, καθ᾽ ἣν ἰσχυρὰν καὶ πάντα δυναμένην ὁ δίκαιος ἔχει τὴν δέησιν, ἐνεργουμένην ταῖς ἐντολαῖς· καθ᾽ ἕτερον δὲ τρόπον, ὁπόταν ὁ τῆς εὐχῆς τοῦ δικαίου δεόμενος τὰ ἔργα τῆς εὐχῆς διαπράττεται, τόν τε πρότερον διορθούμενος βίον καὶ τὴν δέησιν ἰσχυρὰν τοῦ δικαίου ποιούμενος, διὰ τῆς οἰκείας καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς δυναμουμένην. Οὐ γὰρ ὄφελος τῆς τοῦ δικαίου δεήσεως, τοῦ ταύτης χρῄζοντος πλέον τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡδομένου τοῖς πλημμελήμασιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ μέγας ποτὲ Σαμουὴλ ἐπένθει πλημμελοῦντα τὸν Σαούλ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἴσχυσε τὸν Θεὸν ἱλεώσασθαι, μὴ λαβὼν συλλήπτορα τοῦ πένθους τὴν καθήκουσαν τοῦ πλημμελοῦντος διόρθωσιν. Διὸ τοῦ ἀνονήτου πένθους ὁ Θεὸς καταπαύων τὸν ( ἑαυτοῦ θεράποντά φησι πρὸς αὐτόν· ἕως πότε σὺ πενθεῖς ἐπὶ Σαούλ, καὶ ἐγὼ ἐξουδένωκα αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ βασιλεύειν ἐπὶ Ἰσραήλ;
English
I know that the petition of the righteous man is effected in two ways. In one way, when the one who prays makes his offering of petition to God together with the works done according to the commandments, and does not let the petition lie idle and without substance, falling from the tongue only in bare word and empty sound of voice, but rather active and living, animated by the ways of the commandments—for the substance of prayer and petition is manifestly the fulfillment through the virtues, by which the righteous man has his petition strong and able to do all things, being effected by the commandments. In another way, when the one who is in need of the prayer of the righteous man performs the works of prayer, both correcting his former life and making the petition of the righteous man strong, being empowered through his own good conduct. For there is no benefit in the petition of the righteous man when the one who needs it takes more pleasure in virtues than in his transgressions, since even the great Samuel once grieved over Saul when he was transgressing, but he could not propitiate God, not having received as a fellow-worker of his grief the fitting correction of the one who was transgressing. Therefore, God, putting a stop to the unprofitable grief, says to his own servant: How long will you grieve over Saul, when I have rejected him from reigning over Israel?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:348 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πάλιν Ἱερεμίας ὁ συμπαθέστατος ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, περὶ τὴν πλάνην μανέντος τῶν δαιμονίων, οὐκ εἰσακούεται προσευχόμενος, οὐκ ἔχων εἰς προσευχῆς δύναμιν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς πλάνης τῶν ἀθέων Ἰουδαίων ἐπιστροφήν. Ὅθεν τοῦ διακενῆς προσεύχεσθαι καὶ τοῦτον ἀπάγων ὁ Θεός φησι· καὶ σύ, μὴ προσεύχου περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ μὴ ἀξίου τοῦ ἐλεηθῆναι αὐτούς, καὶ μὴ εὔχου καὶ μὴ προσέλθῃς μοι περὶ αὐτῶν ἔτι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσακούσομαι. Πολλῆς γὰρ ὄντως ἐστὶν ἀβελτερίας, ἵνα μὴ λέγω παραφροσύνης, δι᾽ εὐχῆς δικαίων ἐπιζητεῖν σωτηρίαν τὸν κατὰ διάθεσιν τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις ἡδόμενον κἀκείνων αἰτεῖσθαι συγχώρησιν, οἷς ἐγκαυχᾶται κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν προθέσει σπιλούμενος, δέον μὴ ἀργὴν ἐᾶν γίνεσθαι καὶ ἀκίνητον τοῦ δικαίου τὴν δέησιν τὸν ταύτης δεόμενον, εἴπερ ἀληθῶς τοῖς πονηροῖς ἀπεχθάνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνεργὸν ποιεῖν καὶ ἰσχυράν, ταῖς οἰκείαις ἀρεταῖς πτερουμένην καὶ φθάνουσαν τὸν συγχώρησιν διδόναι τῶν πλημμεληθέντων δυνάμενον.
English
And again Jeremiah, the most compassionate, praying on behalf of the people of the Jews, who were raging in the delusion of the demons, is not heard, since he does not have for the power of his prayer the conversion from the delusion of the godless Jews. Therefore God, leading him away from praying in vain, says: And you, do not pray for this people, and do not ask that they be shown mercy, and do not entreat and do not come to me any more concerning them, for I will not hear. For it is truly great foolishness—not to say madness—to seek salvation by the prayer of the righteous for one who in disposition takes pleasure in things destructive, and to ask forgiveness for those things in which he boasts, being stained in intention by his activity, when it is necessary that the one who needs the petition of the righteous not leave it idle and unmoved, if indeed he truly hates evil things, but to make it active and strong, winged by his own virtues and reaching the one who is able to grant forgiveness of sins.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:349 · narrative
Source
Εἴτε οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ποιουμένου τὴν δέησιν δικαίου, εἴτε ἐκ τοῦ γίνεσθαι ταύτην αἰτουμένου τὸν δίκαιον ἐνεργουμένη, πολὺ ἰσχύει τοῦ δικαίου ἡ δέησις· ὑπὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη δίδωσιν αὐτῷ παρρησίαν πρὸς τὸν δοῦναι δυνάμενον τὰ τῶν δικαίων αἰτήματα, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ ταύτην αἰτουμένου τὸν δίκαιον τῆς προτέρας αὐτὸν μοχθηρίας ἀφίστησιν, μεταβάλλουσα πρὸς ἀρετὴν αὐτῷ τὴν διάθεσιν. ΝΗ (58). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΕΝ Ω ΑΓΑΛΛΙΑΣΘΕ ΟΛΙΓΟΝ ΑΡΤΙ. ΕΙ ΔΕΟΝ ΕΣΤΙ ΛΥΠΗΘΕΝΤΑΣ". ( 58. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΝΗ' Ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὀλίγον ἄρτι εἰ δέον ἐστὶ λυπηθέντας ἡμᾶς ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς. Πῶς τις λυπούμενος ἐν πειρασμοῖς δύναται ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι ἐν ᾧ λυπεῖται; Ἀπόκρισις. Τὴν λύπην διττὴν οἶδε τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ λόγος· τὴν μὲν κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀφανῶς, τὴν δὲ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν φανερῶς συνισταμένην, καὶ τὴν μὲν ὅλον τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ βάθος περιλαμβάνουσαν, τῇ μάστιγι τῆς συνειδήσεως αἰκιζόμενον, τὴν δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν αἴσθησιν περιγράφουσαν, τῷ βάρει τῶν ἀλγεινῶν συστελλομένην τῆς φυσικῆς διαχύσεως, καὶ τὴν μὲν τῆς κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς, τὴν δὲ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν εὐφροσύνης τέλος ὑπάρχουσαν· μᾶλλον δέ, τὴν μὲν τῶν κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν γνωμικῶν, τὴν δὲ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν συμπέρασμα παρὰ γνώμην παθῶν τυγχάνουσαν. Λύπη γάρ ἐστιν, κατ᾽ ἐμὲ φάναι, διάθεσις ἡδονῶν ἐστερημένη· στέρησις δὲ καθέστηκεν ἡδονῶν πόνων ἐπαγωγή· πόνος δὲ σαφῶς ἐστι φυσικῆς ἕξεως ἔλλειψις ἢ ὑποχώρησις· ἔλλειψις δὲ φυσικῆς ἐστιν ἕξεως πάθος τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ὑποκειμένης τῇ ἕξει δυνάμεως· πάθος δὲ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ὑποκειμένης τῇ ἕξει δυνάμεώς ἐστιν ὁ κατὰ τὴν παράχρησιν τῆς φυσικῆς ἐνεργείας τρόπος·
English
Whether, then, it is from the righteous man who offers the petition, or is wrought in the one who asks the righteous man to pray, the petition of the righteous man has great power. For when it is wrought by the righteous man, it gives him boldness before the one who is able to grant the requests of the righteous; but when it is wrought by the one who asks the righteous man to pray, it removes him from his former wickedness, changing his disposition toward virtue. 58. CONCERNING "IN WHICH YOU REJOICE, NOW FOR A LITTLE WHILE, IF NEED BE, HAVING BEEN GRIEVED." (58. QUESTION 58: "In which you rejoice, now for a little while, if need be, having been grieved in various trials." How can one who is grieved in trials rejoice in that in which he is grieved? Answer. The word of truth knows grief to be twofold: the one consisting invisibly in the soul, the other visibly in the senses; and the one encompassing the whole depth of the soul, tormented by the scourge of conscience, the other circumscribing all the senses, contracted by the weight of pains from natural diffusion; and the one being the end of sensual pleasure, the other of the soul's gladness—or rather, the one being the conclusion of sensual inclinations, the other of the passions themselves contrary to inclination. For grief is, to speak in my own words, a disposition deprived of pleasures; and deprivation is a bringing on of pains; and pain is clearly a deficiency or recession of natural state; and deficiency of natural state is a passion of the power naturally underlying the state; and the passion of the power naturally underlying the state is the mode according to the misuse of natural activity.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:350 · narrative
Source
παράχρησις δὲ τοῦ κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν τρόπου καθέστηκεν ἡ πρὸς τὸ μὴ πεφυκὸς κατὰ φύσιν καὶ ὑφιστάμενον τῆς δυνάμεως κίνησις. ( Ὥσπερ δὲ τὴν λύπην διττήν, ὡς ἔφην, οἶδεν ὁ λόγος, οὕτως καὶ τῶν πειρασμῶν διττὸν ἐπίσταμαι τὸν τρόπον· τὸν μὲν κατὰ γνώμην, τὸν δὲ παρὰ γνώμην, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἑκουσίων ἡδονῶν δημιουργόν, τὸν δὲ ἀκουσίων ὀδυνῶν ἐπακτικόν. Ὁ γὰρ κατὰ γνώμην πειρασμὸς τὰς κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἑκουσίους σαφῶς συνίστησιν ἡδονάς, ὁ δὲ παρὰ γνώμην προδήλως τοὺς ἀκουσίους παρὰ προαίρεσιν ἐφίστησι πόνους, καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς κατὰ ψυχήν, ὁ δὲ τῆς κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν λύπης καθέστηκεν αἴτιος. Ὅθεν οἶμαι τὸν μὲν Κύριον καὶ Θεόν, πῶς δεῖ προσεύχεσθαι τοὺς οἰκείους διδάσκοντα μαθητάς, τὸ κατὰ γνώμην εἶδος τῶν πειρασμῶν ἀπεύχεσθαι φάσκειν· καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, τῶν ἡδονικῶν δηλονότι καὶ γνωμικῶν καὶ ἑκουσίων πειρασμῶν μὴ ἐγκαταλειφθῆναι πεῖραν λαβεῖν εὔχεσθαι τοὺς οἰκείους διδάσκοντα μαθητάς, τὸν δὲ μέγαν Ἰάκωβον, τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου λεγόμενον ἀδελφόν, πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν εἶδος διδάσκοντα μὴ συστέλλεσθαι τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας ἀγωνιζομένους φάναι· πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, ἀδελφοί μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς περιπέσητε ποικίλοις, δηλονότι τοῖς ἀκουσίοις καὶ παρὰ γνώμην καὶ πόνων ποιητικοῖς πειρασμοῖς. Καὶ δηλοῦσι σαφῶς, ἐκεῖ μὲν ἐπάγων ὁ Κύριος· ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὁ μέγας Ἰάκωβος· γινώσκοντες ὅτι τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν· ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ ἔργον τέλειον ἐχέτω, ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι, ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι. Τέλειός ἐστιν ὁ τοῖς
English
But the misuse of the mode that operates according to nature is the motion of the power toward what is not naturally constituted and established. (Just as the account knows grief to be twofold, as I said, so also I understand the mode of temptations to be twofold: the one according to intention, the other contrary to intention; and the one is the producer of voluntary pleasures, the other the bringer-on of involuntary pains. For the temptation according to intention clearly establishes the voluntary pleasures that accord with choice, while the temptation contrary to intention manifestly brings on the involuntary pains that are contrary to choice; and the one is the cause of grief according to the soul, the other of grief according to sense. Wherefore I think that the Lord and God, when teaching His own disciples how they ought to pray, says that they should pray against the form of temptations that is according to intention: and lead us not into temptation—clearly teaching His own disciples to pray that they not be abandoned to undergo a trial of the pleasurable and intentional and voluntary temptations; while the great James, who is said to be the brother of the Lord, teaching that those who struggle for the truth should not shrink from the form of involuntary temptations, says: Count it all joy, my brothers, when you fall into various temptations—clearly the involuntary and contrary-to-intention temptations that produce pains. And they make it clear, there indeed the Lord adding: but deliver us from the evil one; and here the great James: knowing that the testing of your faith produces endurance; and let endurance have its perfect work, that you may be perfect and complete, lacking in nothing. Perfect is the one who
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:351 · narrative
Source
ἑκουσίοις δι᾽ ἐγκρατείας μαχόμενος καὶ τοῖς ἀκουσίοις δι᾽ ὑπομονῆς ἐγκαρτερῶν πειρασμοῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρός ( ἐστιν ὁ καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν μετὰ γνώσεως καὶ τὴν θεωρίαν οὐκ ἄπρακτον διανύων. Διῃρημένης γὰρ εἰς ψυχήν τε καὶ αἴσθησιν τῆς τε λύπης καὶ τῆς ἡδονῆς, ὁ τὴν ψυχῆς περιποιούμενος ἡδονήν, τὴν δὲ τῆς αἰσθήσεως μεθ᾽ ὑπομονῆς καταδεχόμενος λύπην, δόκιμος γίνεται καὶ τέλειος καὶ ὁλόκληρος· δόκιμος μὲν διὰ τὴν πεῖραν τῶν κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἐναντίων, τέλειος δὲ ὡς τῇ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῇ τε καὶ λύπῃ δι᾽ ἐγκρατείας καὶ ὑπομονῆς ἀνενδότως μαχόμενος, ὁλόκληρος δὲ ὡς τὰς μαχομένας ταῖς κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἀλλήλαις ἀντικειμέναις διαθέσεσιν ἕξεις ἐν τῇ σταθερότητι τῆς κατὰ τὸν λόγον ταυτότητος ἀλωβήτους διαφυλάττων, φημὶ δὲ τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ἀλλήλαις συνεχομένας καὶ μηδεμίαν τῆς ἑτέρας διεζευγμένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν πρᾶξιν τῆς θεωρίας τὴν γνῶσιν διὰ τῶν τρόπων προφαίνουσαν, τὴν δὲ θεωρίαν οὐχ ἧττον τοῦ λόγου τὴν ἀρετὴν τεθωρακισμένην τῆς πράξεως. Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ τήν τε λύπην καὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν διττὴν οὖσαν ἀπέδειξεν ὁ λόγος καὶ τὴν μὲν κατὰ ψυχήν, τὴν δὲ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν συνισταμένην, φέρε καὶ τὰς τούτων συνοπτικωτέρας κατὰ δύναμιν θεωρήσωμεν αἰτίας. Τῆς μὲν οὖν κατὰ ψυχὴν λύπης διττὸς ὁ τρόπος, ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις πλημμελήμασι συνιστάμενος, αἰτία δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης λύπης ἡ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν τοῦ λυπουμένου σαφῶς ἢ τῶν δι᾽ οὓς λυπεῖται καθέστηκεν ἡδονή·
English
Fighting voluntary temptations through self-control and enduring involuntary ones with patience, he is also whole—the one who completes both action with knowledge and contemplation not without action. For since grief and pleasure are divided into soul and sensation, the one who secures the pleasure of the soul but accepts the grief of sensation with patience becomes approved and perfect and whole: approved through the trial of things opposed according to sensation, perfect as one who unyieldingly fights against pleasure and grief according to sensation through self-control and patience, and whole as one who keeps the habits—opposed to one another by the mutually conflicting dispositions according to sensation—blameless in the stability of the identity according to the principle, I mean action and contemplation held together with one another and neither divorced from the other, but action displaying the knowledge of contemplation through its modes, and contemplation no less armed with the virtue of action by the principle. Since, then, the account has shown that grief and pleasure are twofold and that the one is constituted according to the soul and the other according to sensation, come, let us also contemplate, as far as we are able, their more summary causes. The mode of grief according to the soul is twofold: the one consisting in one's own offenses, the other in those of others; and the cause of such grief is clearly the pleasure according to sensation of the one who grieves or of those for whose sake he grieves.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:352 · narrative
Source
κατὰ γὰρ τὸν ἀκριβῆ λόγον οὐκ ἔστι παντελῶς ἁμαρτία σχεδὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις μὴ τὴν ψυχῆς πρὸς αἴσθησιν, ἡδονῆς ἕνεκεν, ἀλόγιστον σχέσιν ἀρχὴν τῆς οἰκείας γενέσεως ἔχουσα. Τῆς δὲ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἡδονῆς αἰτία πρόδηλός ἐστιν ἡ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν τοῦ ἐπὶ ταῖς οἰκείαις ἢ ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις ἀρεταῖς ἡδομένου τε καὶ χαίροντος λύπη· κατὰ γὰρ τὸν ἀκριβῆ λόγον οὐκ ἔστι παντελῶς ἀρετὴ σχεδὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις μὴ τὴν ψυχῆς πρὸς αἴσθησιν λελογισμένην ἀποδιάθεσιν ἀρχὴν τῆς οἰκείας γενέσεως ἔχουσα. ( Τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πρὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀποδιάθεσιν κτησαμένης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡ αἴσθησις ἐν πόνοις ἔσται, τὴν τῶν ἡδέων ἐπινοητικήν, συνημμένην αὐτῇ κατὰ τὴν γνωμικὴν σχέσιν, τῆς ψυχῆς οὐκ ἔχουσα δύναμιν, τοὐναντίον δὲ τῶν μὲν αὐτῆς φυσικῶν ἡδονῶν τὴν ἐπανάστασιν δι᾽ ἐγκρατείας ἀνδρικῶς ἀπορραπίζουσαν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν παρὰ φύσιν καὶ ἀκουσίων πόνων ἐπαγωγὴν διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἀμείλικτον παντελῶς διαμένουσαν καὶ τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν θεοπρεποῦς ἀξίας τε καὶ δόξης διὰ τὴν ἀνυπόστατον ἡδονὴν οὐκ ἐξισταμένην καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν πόνων ἀντίληψιν φειδοῖ τῆς σαρκὸς διὰ τὴν ὀδύνουσαν αἴσθησιν τοῦ ὕψους τῶν ἀρετῶν οὐκ ἀποπίπτουσαν. Τῆς δὲ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν λύπης αἰτία καθέστηκεν ἡ πρὸς τὰ κατὰ φύσιν τῆς ψυχῆς παντελὴς ἀσχολία· τὴν δὲ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡδονὴν ἡ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνέργεια τῆς ψυχῆς προδήλως ὑφίστησιν, ἄλλην ἀρχὴν ἔχειν οὐ δυναμένην συστάσεως ἢ τὴν ψυχῆς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἀπόθεσιν. Νοῦς γὰρ καὶ αἴσθησις ἀντικειμένην ἔχουσι πρὸς ἄλληλα τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἐνέργειαν διὰ τὴν τῶν αὐτοῖς ὑποκειμένων ἀκροτάτην διαφορὰν καὶ ἑτερότητα.
English
For, by the exact account, there is almost no sin at all among men that does not have as the beginning of its own generation the soul's irrational attachment to sensation for the sake of pleasure. And the cause of pleasure according to the soul is plainly the grief, according to sensation, of one who takes pleasure and rejoices in his own virtues or in those of others; for by the exact account there is almost no virtue at all among men that does not have as the beginning of its own generation the soul's reasoned aversion toward sensation. And when the soul has acquired an aversion toward sensation on behalf of virtue, of necessity sensation will be in pains, having no power to devise pleasant things, which is joined to it according to the disposition of the will—on the contrary, it manfully beats back the uprising of its natural pleasures through self-control, and against the onset of pains contrary to nature and involuntary it remains through endurance wholly unyielding, and it does not depart from the God-befitting worth and glory that is according to virtue because of unstable pleasure, nor does it fall from the height of the virtues toward the reception of pains through sparing of the flesh because of the painful sensation. And the cause of grief according to sensation is the soul's complete absorption in things contrary to nature; and pleasure according to sensation is plainly brought into being by the soul's activity contrary to nature, which cannot have any other beginning of constitution than the soul's setting aside of things according to nature. For mind and sensation have their natural activity opposed to one another because of the utmost difference and otherness of the things that underlie them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:353 · narrative
Source
Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὑποκειμένας ἔχει τὰς νοητὰς καὶ ἀσωμάτους οὐσίας, ὧν κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἡ δὲ τὰς αἰσθητὰς καὶ σωματικὰς φύσεις, ὧν καὶ αὐτὴ φυσικῶς ἀντιλαμβάνεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐκ ἔστι δυνατὸν πρὸς τὰ συγγενῆ νοητὰ τὸν νοῦν διαβῆναι δίχα τῆς τῶν διὰ μέσου προβεβλημένων αἰσθητῶν θεωρίας, ταύτην δὲ γενέσθαι παντελῶς ἀμήχανον χωρὶς τῆς, αὐτῷ μὲν συγκειμένης τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς δὲ κατὰ φύσιν συγγενοῦς, αἰσθήσεως, εἰκότως, εἰ μὲν προσβαλὼν ἐνσχεθῇ ταῖς ἐπιφανείαις τῶν ὁρατῶν, ἐνέργειαν εἶναι φυσικὴν τὴν συγκειμένην οἰόμενος αἴσθησιν, τῶν μὲν κατὰ φύσιν ἐκπέπτωκε νοητῶν, τῶν δὲ παρὰ φύσιν ἀμφοῖν ταῖν χεροῖν, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, ἐπελάβετο σωμάτωνοἷς παρὰ τὸν λόγον ἐνεργούμενος διὰ τὴν αὐτὸν ἐκνικήσασαν αἴσθησιν τῆς μὲν κατὰ ψυχὴν λύπης γεννήτωρ ( καθίσταται, συχναῖς ταῖς κατὰ συνείδησιν μάστιξιν αἰκιζομένην, τῆς δὲ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς ἀρίδηλος γίνεται ποιητής, ταῖς ἐπινοίαις τῶν περιποιητικῶν τῆς σαρκὸς τρόπων λιπαινομένης, εἰ δέ, τὴν πρὸς αἴσθησιν ἅμα τῇ προσβολῇ τῶν ὁρωμένων διατεμὼν ἐπιφάνειαν, τοὺς πνευματικοὺς τῶν ὄντων καθαροὺς τῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς σχημάτων θεάσηται λόγους, τὴν μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡδονὴν κατειργάσατο, μηδενὶ τῶν αἰσθήσει θεωρουμένων κρατουμένης, τὴν δὲ τῆς αἰσθήσεως συνεστήσατο λύπην, πάντων κατὰ φύσιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐστερημένης· ἔνθα γὰρ ὁ λόγος προκαθηγεῖται τῆς αἰσθήσεως κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὁρατῶν θεωρίαν, πάσης ἐστέρηται τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡδονῆς, οὐκ ἔχουσα τὴν αἴσθησιν ἄφετον καὶ τῶν λογικῶν ἀπολελυμένην δεσμῶν εἰς ὑπηρεσίαν τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἡδονῶν.
English
For the one has as its underlying subjects the intelligible and incorporeal essences, which it is naturally disposed to apprehend according to essence, while the other has the sensible and corporeal natures, which it too naturally apprehends. Since, then, it is not possible for the mind to pass over to the intelligible things akin to it without the contemplation of the sensible things set before it as intermediates, and this is altogether impossible without the sense, which is compounded with it and naturally akin to sensible things, reasonably, if indeed the mind, applying itself, is held fast by the surfaces of visible things, supposing the compounded sense to be a natural activity, it has fallen away from the intelligible things according to nature, and with both hands, as the saying goes, has laid hold of things contrary to nature, being activated contrary to reason in bodies because of the sense that has prevailed over it it becomes the begetter of grief according to the soul (which is tormented by frequent scourges according to conscience), and it becomes the manifest maker of pleasure according to sense, when the flesh is made sleek by the devices of the modes that procure its comfort. But if, cutting through the surface toward sense at once with the impact of the things seen, it contemplates the spiritual reasons of beings pure of the shapes upon them, it has wrought the pleasure of the soul, since it is mastered by none of the things contemplated by sense, and it has established the grief of sense, since all sensible things according to nature have been deprived. For where the reason leads the way before sense in the contemplation of visible things, the flesh is deprived of every pleasure according to nature, not having the sense unfettered and released from rational bonds for the service of its own pleasures.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:354 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν, ὡς ἔφην, ἐπειδὴ τὴν μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς λύπην, ἤγουν τὸν πόνονταὐτὸν γὰρ ἀλλήλοις ἀμφότερα, ἡ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡδονὴ συνίστησιν, τὴν δὲ τῆς αἰσθήσεως λύπην, ἤγουν τὸν πόνον, ἡ κατὰ ψυχὴν ποιεῖν ἡδονὴ πέφυκεν, εἰκότως ὁ τῆς κατ᾽ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς, τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δι᾽ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἀμίαντον καὶ ἀμάραντον, τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἐφιέμενος κατὰ μὲν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀγαλλίασιν ἔχει καὶ χαρὰν ἀνεκλάλητον, διηνεκῶς τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδι γανυμένην, κατὰ δὲ τὴν σάρκα καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν λύπην, ἤγουν τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ποικίλων πειρασμῶν ἐπιγινομένους αὐτῇ πόνους καὶ τὰς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὀδύνας. Πάσῃ γὰρ ἀρετῇ ἡδονὴ καὶ πόνος παρέπεται· πόνος μὲν σαρκός, ἐστερημένης τῆς προσηνοῦς καὶ λειοτέρας αἰσθήσεως, ἡδονὴ δὲ ψυχῆς, παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ καθαροῖς ἐντρυφώσης τοῖς ἐν πνεύματι λόγοις. Δέον οὖν ἐστι τὸν νοῦν κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ζωήν τοῦτο ( γάρ μοι νοεῖται τὸ νῦνκατὰ σάρκα λυπούμενον διὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς πόνους τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς αὐτῷ προσαγομένων πειρασμῶν ἀεὶ χαίρειν κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ ἥδεσθαι διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν, κἂν ἔχῃ καταπονουμένην τὴν αἴσθησιν· οὐ γὰρ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι, φησὶν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος.
English
Therefore, as I said, since pleasure according to sense constitutes the soul's grief—that is, its pain (for both are the same as each other)—and since pleasure according to the soul is naturally disposed to produce the grief of sense—that is, pain—reasonably the one who longs for the life according to hope, our God and Savior Jesus Christ, through the resurrection of the dead unto an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and unfading, kept in the heavens, has in his soul exultation and joy unutterable, continually rejoicing in the hope of the good things to come, but in his flesh and sense grief—that is, the pains that come upon it from various temptations and the distresses that follow them. For pleasure and pain accompany every virtue: pain of the flesh, deprived of the gentle and smoother sensation, but pleasure of the soul, delighting in all intelligible things through the pure words in the Spirit. It is necessary, then, that the mind in the present life—for this is what I understand the "now" to mean—while it is grieved according to the flesh because of the many pains of the temptations brought upon it for the sake of virtue, always rejoice according to the soul and be glad because of the hope of eternal good things, even if it has its sense worn down by toil; for the sufferings of the present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to be revealed in us, says the divine apostle.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:355 · narrative
Source
Οὕτως οὖν, κατ᾽ ἐμὲ φάναι, δύναται χαίρειν ἄνθρωπος ἐν ᾧ λυπεῖται. Τῇ γὰρ ἀρετῇ κατὰ σάρκα μὲν διὰ τοὺς πόνους λυπούμενος ἐν αὐτῇ χαίρει τῇ ἀρετῇ κατὰ ψυχήν, ὡς παροῦσαν θεώμενος τὴν τῶν μελλόντων εὐπρέπειαν, ὑπὲρ ἧς, κατὰ τὸν μέγαν Δαβίδ, τῇ κατὰ γνώμην ἀπογενέσει τῆς σαρκὸς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀποθνῄσκει τὴν ἡμέραν ὁ κατὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν πνεύματι γένεσιν ἀεὶ καινιζόμενος, ἅτε δὴ καὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἔχων σωτήριον καὶ τὴν λύπην ὠφέλιμον. Λύπην γάρ φαμεν οὐ τὴν παράλογον καὶ τῶν πολλῶν ἐπὶ στερήσει παθῶν ἢ πραγμάτων ὑλικῶν τὴν ψυχὴν βασανίζουσαν, ὡς τὰς ὁρμὰς παρὰ φύσιν ἐφ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ, καὶ τὰς ἀποφυγὰς ἀφ᾽ ὧν μὴ δεῖ, ποιουμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν λελογισμένην καὶ τοῖς τὰ θεῖα σοφοῖς ἐγκριθεῖσαν καὶ τὸ παρὸν κακὸν ὑποσημαίνουσαν. Παρὸν γὰρ κακόν φασιν εἶναι τὴν λύπην, συνισταμένην μὲν κατὰ ψυχήν, ὅταν ἡ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡδονὴ τῆς λογικῆς κρατῇ διακρίσεως, ὑφισταμένην δὲ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν, ὅταν τῆς ψυχῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἀκωλύτως ὁ δρόμος ἀνύηται, τοσοῦτον ἐπάγων τῇ αἰσθήσει τοὺς πόνους, ὅσον ἡδονὴν ἐμποιεῖ καὶ χαρὰν τῇ ψυχῇ τῷ Θεῷ προσαγομένῃ διὰ τῆς συγγενοῦς κατ᾽ ἀρετήν τε καὶ γνῶσιν ἐλλάμψεως.
English
Thus, so to speak in my own words, a man can rejoice in that wherein he is grieved. For by virtue he is grieved according to the flesh through his labors, yet in that same virtue he rejoices according to the soul, beholding as present the comeliness of things to come; for the sake of which, according to the great David, by the putting to death of the flesh according to the will he dies each day, while being ever renewed according to the birth of the soul in the Spirit, inasmuch as he has both pleasure as his salvation and grief as his profit. For we call grief not the irrational grief that torments the soul of the many over the loss of passions or material things, as when they make their impulses contrary to nature toward what they should not, and their avoidances from what they should not, but the grief that is reasoned and approved by those wise in divine things, and that signifies the present evil. For they say that grief is a present evil, constituted in the soul when sensory pleasure prevails over rational discernment, and subsisting in the senses when the soul's course in virtue is accomplished without hindrance, bringing upon the senses labors to the same degree as it produces pleasure and joy in the soul that is drawn near to God through the illumination akin to virtue and knowledge.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:356 · narrative
Source
ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Τήν κατά ψυχήν λύπην φησί. ( 2. Τήν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ὀδύνην, λύπην νῦν προσηγόρευσε. 3. Τήν κατά ψυχήν λύπην τέλος εἶναί φησι τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς· ἐκ γάρ ταύτης συνίσταται λύπη ψυχῆς· ὥσπερ οὖν καί τῆς κατά ψυχήν ἡδονῆς τέλος ἐστίν ἡ κατά σάρκα λύπη· ψυχῆς γάρ εὐφροσύνη, σαρκός γίνεται λύπη. 4. Ὁρισμοί λύπης ἐπάλληλοι πρός τήν αἰτίαν, καθ᾿ ἥν γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἀναφέροντες. 5. Διττήν τήν λύπην λέγει· τήν μέν περί τήν αἴσθησιν, κατά στέρησιν τῶν σωματικῶν ἡδονῶν συνισταμένην· τήν δέ περί νοῦν, κατά στέρησιν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν γινομένην. Διττούς δέ λέγει καί τούς πειρασμούς, τούς μέν ἑκουσίους, τούς δέ ἀκουσίους· καί τούς μέν ἑκουσίους, τῆς μέν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς εἶναι πατέρας· τῆς δέ κατά ψυχήν λύπης εἶναι γεννήτορας. Μόνη γάρ πραχθεῖσα λυπεῖ τήν ψυχήν ἁμαρτία. Τούς δέ ἀκουσίους, οἵτινες ἐν τοῖς παρά γνώμην δείκνυνται πόνοις, τῆς μέν κατά ψυχἠν ἡδονῆς εἶναι πατέρας, τῆς δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν σωματικῆς ὀδύνης εἶναι γεννήτορας.
English
SCHOLIA 1. He means the grief of the soul. (2. The pain according to sensation he now called grief. 3. He says that the grief of the soul is the end of the pleasure according to sensation; for from this grief of the soul is constituted; just as, then, the end of the pleasure of the soul is the grief according to the flesh; for the gladness of the soul becomes the grief of the flesh. 4. Successive definitions of grief, referring to the cause according to which it naturally comes to be. 5. He says that grief is twofold: the one concerning sensation, constituted by the deprivation of bodily pleasures; the other concerning the mind, arising by the deprivation of the goods of the soul. And he says that temptations are also twofold, some voluntary and some involuntary; and the voluntary ones are fathers of bodily pleasure according to sensation, and are begetters of the grief of the soul. For sin alone, when committed, grieves the soul. And the involuntary ones, which are shown in labors contrary to one's judgment, are fathers of the pleasure of the soul, and are begetters of bodily pain according to sensation.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:357 · narrative
Source
6. Ὁ μέν κατά γνώμην πειρασμός, φησι, τήν μέν κατά ψυχήν λύπην συνίστησι· τήν δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν δημιουργεῖ σαφῶς ἡδονήν· ὁ δέ παρά γνώμην, τήν μέν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡδονήν· τήν δέ τῆς σαρκός λύπην ὑφίστησι. 7. Ὁ μέν Κύριος, φησί, τούς ἑκουσίους ἀπεύχεσθαι ἡμᾶς διδάσκει πειρασμούς· ὡς σαρκός μέν ἡδονῆς, ψυχῆς δέ ποιητικούς ὀδύνης· ὁ δέ μέγας Ἰάκωβος, ἐπί τοῖς ἀκουσίοις ἡμῖν παραινεῖ χαίρειν πειρασμοῖς· ὡς σαρκός μέν ἡδονήν, ψυχῆς δέ ὀδύνην ἀφαιρουμένους. 8. Τίνα λέγει τέλειον. 9. Τίνα λέγει ὁλόκληρον. 10. Ὁ λύπης καί ἡδονῆς σαρκός πεῖραν λαβών, λέγοιτ᾿ ἄν δόκιμος, ὡς εὐχερείας καί δυσχερείας τῶν περί σάρκα πραγμάτων ( πεπειραμένος. Τέλειος δέ, ὁ τήν ἡδονήν τῆς σαρκός, καί τήν ὀδύνην τῇ τοῦ Λόγου δυνάμει καταπαλαίσας. Ὁλόκληρος δέ, ὁ τάς κατά τήν πρᾶξιν καί τήν θεωρίαν ἕξεις ἀτρέπτους τῇ περί τόν θεῖον συντονίᾳ διατηρήσας. 11. Πάσης λύπης συνισταμένης κατά ψυχήν, ἡδονή σαρκός φησι προηγεῖται. 12. Ὅτι χωρίς τῆς κατά ψυχήν ἐμπαθοῦς πρός αἴσθησιν σχέσεως, ἐν ἀνθρώποις οὐκ ἔστι παντελῶς ἁμαρτία.
English
6. The temptation according to one's own will, he says, establishes grief in the soul, but clearly produces pleasure according to sensation; whereas the temptation against one's will brings about pleasure of the soul and grief of the flesh. 7. The Lord, he says, teaches us to pray against voluntary temptations, as being productive of pleasure of the flesh and pain of the soul; but the great James exhorts us to rejoice in involuntary temptations, as removing pleasure of the flesh and pain of the soul. 8. Whom he calls perfect. 9. Whom he calls whole. 10. He who has had experience of grief and pleasure of the flesh might be called approved, as having been tried by the ease and difficulty of things pertaining to the flesh. But perfect is he who has wrestled down the pleasure of the flesh and its pain by the power of the Word. And whole is he who has kept the dispositions in practice and contemplation unswerving by his intensity toward the divine. 11. Since all grief is established in the soul, he says that pleasure of the flesh precedes it. 12. That without the passionate relation of the soul to sensation, there is no sin at all among men.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:358 · narrative
Source
13. Ὅτι ψυχήν πνευματικῶς εὐφραίνει, φησίν, ὁ τοῖς ἑκουσίοις τήν σάρκα πόνοις δομάζων. 14. Ὅτι γένεσίς ἐστιν ἀρετῆς, φησίν, ἡ πρός τήν σάρκα τῆς ψυχῆς ἑκούσιος ἀλλοτρίωσις. 15. Ἐπινοητικήν λέγει τήν νοεράν τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν· ἥτις χωριζομένη τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν σχέσεως, ἔρημον τῆς πρός ἡδονήν τήν σάρκα καταλιμπάνει προνοίας κατά τήν ἐν γνώμῃ σχέσιν. Οὐδέ τήν ὀδύνην τῆς σαρκός ἀνεχομένης παραμυθεῖσθαι διά τήν ἐν σχέσει τῆς γνώμης ὁλικήν περί τά θεῖα σχολήν. 16. Ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς τῶν κατά φύσιν ἀπόθεσίς φησι τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ὀδύνης ἀρχή γίνεσθαι πέφυκε. Τῆς γάρ ψυχῆς περί τά κατά φύσιν ἀγαθά πονουμένης, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ τῶν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τῆς ἡδονῆς τρόπων ἐφευρίσκουσα δύναμις. 17. Ὑπόκειται τῇ μέν αἰσθήσει, τά αἰσθητά· τῷ δέ νῷ, τά νοητά. Πολλή γοῦν διαφορά νοητῶν ἐστι καί αἰσθητῶν. 18. Ὁ νοῦς, φησίν, ἅμα τήν αἴσθησιν οἰκείαν κατά φύσιν ἡγήσεται δύναμιν, ταῖς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπιπλεκόμενος ἐπιφανίαις, ἐπινοεῖ τάς τῆς σαρκός ἡδονάς, οὐ δυνάμενος τῶν ὁρατῶν διαβῆναι τήν φύσιν, τῇ πρός τήν αἴσθησιν ἐμπαθεῖ σχέσει περισχεθείς.
English
13. He says that the one who subdues the flesh with voluntary labors gladdens the soul spiritually. 14. He says that the voluntary alienation of the soul from the flesh is the genesis of virtue. 15. He calls the intellectual power of the soul inventive; when it is separated from the relationship according to sensation, it leaves the flesh destitute of providence toward pleasure, according to the disposition in the will. Nor does the flesh endure being comforted in its pain, because of the wholehearted occupation of the will with divine things in its relationship. 16. He says that the soul's setting aside of things according to nature is naturally the beginning of the pain according to sensation. For when the soul labors over the good things according to nature, the power that invents the modes of pleasure according to sensation is not present. 17. Sensible things are subject to sensation, and intelligible things to the intellect. There is, then, a great difference between intelligible and sensible things. 18. He says that the intellect, as soon as it regards sensation as its own power according to nature, being entangled in the appearances of sensible things, devises the pleasures of the flesh, unable to pass beyond the nature of visible things, encompassed as it is by its passionate relationship to sensation.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:359 · narrative
Source
( 19. Ὁ πρός τόν ἑαυτοῦ νόμον, τούς τῶν ὄντων κατά μίμησιν μεταφέρων νόμους, ἐνάρετος λογίζων τῶν ἐστερημένων λόγου τήν κίνησιν. Ὁ δέ τόν ἑαυτοῦ πρός τούς νόμους τῶν ἄλλων κατά μίμησιν μεταβάλλων, ἐμπαθής· πρός ἀλογίαν ἐκφέρων τοῦ λόγου τήν δύναμιν. 20. Ὅτι κρατοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν τοῦ λόγου φησίν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡ πρός ἀρετήν αὐτῶ δουλωθεῖσα βασανίζεται σάρξ. 21. Ψυχῆς ἡ σάρξ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ σαρκός ἡ ψυχή. Τοῦ γάρ κρείττονός φησι τόν ἧττον· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τοῦ ἥττονος τό κρεῖττον. Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδή τῇ σαρκί διά τήν παράβασιν ἐνεφύρη τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος, ὅπερ ἐστίν ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονή, δι᾿ ἥν διά πόνων κατεκρίθη τῆς σαρκός ὁ θάνατος, εἰς τήν τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσιν ἐπινενοημένος· ὁ διαγνούς ὅτι διά τήν ἁμαρτίαν, εἰς τήν αὐτῆς ἀναίρεσιν ἐπεισῆλθεν ὁ θάνατος, ἀεί χαίρουσαν ἔχει τήν ψυχήν διά πόνων ποικίλων θεωμένην ἀπογινόμενον τῆς οἰκείας σαρκός τόν νόμον τῆς ἁμαρτίας, πρός ὑποδοχήν τῆς μελλούσης ἐν πνεύματι μακαρίας ζωῆς· ἧς ἄλλως οὐκ ἔστι τυχεῖν, μή πρότερον κενωθέντος ὡς ἐξ ἀγγείου τινός τῆς σαρκός ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ζωῇ κατά τήν πρός αὐτήν σχέσιν τῆς γνώμης τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 22. Ἡδονήν λέγει σωτήριον, τήν ἐπ᾿ ἀρετῇ χαράν τῆς ψυχῆς ὠφέλιμον δέ λύπην, τήν ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς ὀδύνην τῆς σαρκός. 23. Ὁ πάθεσι προστετηκώς καί πράγμασιν, ἐφ᾿ ἅ μή δεῖ τάς ὁρμάς ποιεῖται. 24. Ὁ τάς ποιητικάς τῶν παθῶν καί τῶν πραγμάτων στερήσεως συμβάσεις οὐκ ἀσπαζόμενος, ἀφ᾿ ὧν μή δεῖ τάς ἀποφυγάς ποιεῖται. ΝΘ (59). ΠΕΡΙ ΗΣ ΣΩΤΗΡΙΑΣ ΕΞΕΖΗΤΗΣΑΝ ΚΑΙ ΕΞΕΡΕΥΝΗΣΑΝ ΠΡΟΦΗΤΑΙ. ( 59.
English
19. He who, in relation to his own law, transfers the laws of beings by imitation, is reckoned virtuous, while he who changes his own in imitation of the laws of others is passionate, bringing the power of reason out into irrationality. 20. He says that when reason rules in us, the flesh, which has been enslaved to it for virtue, is of necessity tormented. 21. The flesh is the soul's, but the soul is not the flesh's. For he says the lesser belongs to the better, but not the better to the lesser. Therefore, since the law of sin was implanted in the flesh because of the transgression—that is, the pleasure according to sense, through which the death of the flesh was condemned to pains—death was devised for the removal of the law of sin. He who discerns that death entered for the sake of sin, for its removal, always has his soul rejoicing, beholding through various pains the law of sin in his own flesh being done away, for the reception of the blessed life to come in the Spirit; which it is otherwise impossible to obtain, unless the law of sin in the flesh has first been emptied out, as from a vessel, in the present life, according to the disposition of the will toward it. 22. He calls saving pleasure the joy of the soul in virtue, and beneficial grief the pain of the flesh for the sake of virtue. 23. He who is devoted to passions and to things toward which he ought not to make his impulses. 24. He who does not welcome the combinations productive of passions and of the deprivation of things, from which he ought not to make his escapes. 59. Concerning the salvation which the prophets sought out and searched.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:360 · narrative
Source
ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΝΘ' Περὶ ἧς σωτηρίας ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηρεύνησαν προφῆται οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰς ἡμᾶς χάριτος προφητεύσαντες, ἐρευνῶντες εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλου τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ προμαρτυρόμενον τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας. Ἐὰν αὐτοὶ οἱ μακάριοι προφῆται ἅπερ ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου ἐνηχήθησαν ἡμῖν ἐγγράφως κατέλιπον ἐκζητῆσαι καὶ ἐξερευνῆσαι, πῶς αὐτοὶ ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου ἐνηχούμενοι καὶ τὰ ἀποκαλυπτόμενα αὐτοῖς συγγράφοντες; ποίαν ἐκζήτησιν ἢ ἐξερεύνησιν ἐξεζήτουν ἢ ἐξηρεύνων; Ἀπόκρισις. Τὰς μὲν ζητητικάς τε καὶ ἐρευνητικὰς τῶν θείων δυνάμεις οὐσιωδῶς ἔχει καταβεβλημένας αὐτῇ παρὰ τοῦ κτίσαντος κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰς τὸ εἶναι πάροδον ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις, τὰς δὲ τῶν θείων ἀποκαλύψεις κατὰ χάριν ἡ τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος ἐπιφοιτῶσα ποιεῖται δύναμις. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῇ φύσει τῶν ὁρατῶν ταύτας ὁ πονηρὸς προσήλωσε τὰς δυνάμεις, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ συνιῶν ἢ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν, πάντων τῶν μετειληφότων τῆς φύσεως τὴν νοεράν τε καὶ λογικὴν δύναμιν ἐχόντων περιγεγραμμένην τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ μηδεμίαν κεκτημένων ἔννοιαν τῶν ὑπὲρ αἴσθησιν, εἰκότως ἡ τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος χάρις τοῖς μὴ κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἐνδιαθέτως ὑπὸ τὴν ἀπάτην γενομένοις, τῶν ὑλικῶν ἀφηλώσασα, τὴν προσηλωμένην ἀποκατέστησε δύναμιν· ἣν καθαρὰν ἀπολαβόντες διὰ τῆς χάριτος, πρῶτον ἐζήτησαν καὶ ἠρεύνησαν, καὶ ( οὕτως ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηρεύνησαν, διὰ τῆς αὐτῆς δηλαδὴ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάριτος.
English
Question 59. Concerning the salvation which the prophets who prophesied of the grace that was to come to us sought out and searched diligently, searching what or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ and the glories that should follow them. If the blessed prophets themselves left in writing for us the things which they were inspired to utter by the Holy Spirit, so that we might seek them out and search them diligently, how is it that they themselves, being inspired by the Holy Spirit and writing down the things revealed to them, were seeking out or searching diligently? What sort of seeking or searching did they seek or search? Answer. Human nature possesses the questioning and searching powers of divine things essentially, laid down in it by its Creator at the very moment of its passage into being, while the revelations of divine things are brought about by grace through the power of the all-holy Spirit coming upon it. But since in the beginning, through sin, the evil one fastened these powers of nature to visible things, and there was none who understood or sought after God, all who partook of nature having their intellectual and rational power circumscribed by the surface of sensible things and possessing no conception of things beyond sense—for this reason the grace of the all-holy Spirit, in the case of those who were not willingly and inwardly under the deception, unfastened them from material things and restored the power that had been fastened down. Receiving it pure through grace, they first sought and searched, and thus they sought out and searched diligently, that is, through the same grace of the Spirit.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:361 · narrative
Source
Οὐ γὰρ θέμις εἰπεῖν ὡς μόνη καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν ἡ χάρις ἐνήργει τοῖς ἁγίοις τὰς γνώσεις τῶν μυστηρίων χωρὶς τῶν τῆς γνώσεως δεκτικῶν κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμεων, ἐπεὶ μὴ συνιέντας εἰσάγομεν τοὺς ἁγίους προφήτας τῶν δοθέντων αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος φωτισμῶν τὴν δύναμινκαὶ πῶς ἀληθὴς ὁ φάσκων ἔσται λόγος ὅτι ὁ σοφὸς νοήσει τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου στόματος; οὔτε μὴν δίχα τῆς τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος χάριτος μόνῃ τῇ κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμει ζητήσαντες τὴν ἀληθῆ τῶν ὄντων ἀπειλήφασιν γνῶσιν, ἐπεὶ περιττὴ δειχθήσεται τοῖς ἁγίοις ἡ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐπιφοίτησις, κατὰ μηδὲν αὐτοῖς συνεργοῦσα πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας φανέρωσινκαὶ πῶς ἀληθὴς ὁ φάσκων ἔσται λόγος ὅτι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστι καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων καὶ τὸ ἑκάστῳ δὲ δίδοται ἡ φανέρωσις τοῦ Πνεύματος πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον;· ᾧ μὲν γάρ, φησίν, διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα, ἑτέρῳ δὲ πίστις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ Πνεύματι, ἄλλῳ δὲ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷς ἐπάγει· πάντα δὲ ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα, διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθὼς βούλεται· βούλεται δὲ τὸ ἑκάστῳ δηλονότι συμφέρον εἰς πληροφορίαν τῆς ἀπαθοῦς τῶν ἐπιζητούντων τὰ θεῖα ἐφέσεως. Ὁ γὰρ ἀπαθῶς τὰ θεῖα ζητῶν πάντως λήψεται τὸ ζητούμενον· ὁ δὲ μετά τινος πάθους αἰτῶν ὡς κακῶς ζητῶν ἀποτεύξεται τοῦ ζητουμένου· φησὶ γάρ· αἰτεῖσθε καὶ οὐ λαμβάνετε, διότι κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε.
English
For it is not right to say that grace alone by itself, apart from the natural receptive powers of knowledge, worked the understandings of the mysteries in the saints, since we would then be introducing the holy prophets as not understanding the power of the illuminations given to them by the all-holy Spirit, and how will the statement be true that says, "The wise man will understand the things from his own mouth"? Nor indeed, apart from the grace of the all-holy Spirit, by natural power alone, did they receive the true knowledge of beings by seeking, since then the visitation of the Spirit would be shown to be superfluous for the saints, cooperating in nothing toward the manifestation of the truth; and how will the statement be true that says, "Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, coming down from the Father of lights," and "to each is given the manifestation of the Spirit for what is beneficial"? For to one, it says, is given through the Spirit a word of wisdom, to another a word of knowledge according to the same Spirit, to another faith in the same Spirit, to another gifts of healings, and so on; to which he adds: "But the one and the same Spirit works all these things, distributing to each individually as he wills"; and he wills, clearly, what is beneficial to each for the full assurance of the passionless longing of those who seek the divine things. For the one who seeks the divine things passionlessly will certainly receive what is sought; but the one who asks with some passion, as seeking badly, will fail to obtain what is sought; for it says, "You ask and do not receive, because you ask badly.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:362 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν οὔτε ἡ χάρις τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος ἐνεργεῖ σοφίαν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις χωρὶς τοῦ ταύτην δεχομένου νοός, οὔτε γνῶσιν χωρὶς τῆς δεκτικῆς τοῦ λόγου δυνάμεως, οὔτε πίστιν ( ἄνευ τῆς κατὰ νοῦν καὶ λόγον τῶν μελλόντων καὶ πᾶσι τέως ἀδήλων πληροφορίας, οὔτε ἰαμάτων χαρίσματα δίχα τῆς κατὰ φύσιν φιλανθρωπίας, οὔτε τι ἕτερον τῶν λοιπῶν χαρισμάτων χωρὶς τῆς ἑκάστου δεκτικῆς ἕξεώς τε καὶ δυνάμεως· οὔτε μὴν πάλιν ἓν τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων ἄνθρωπος κτήσεται κατὰ δύναμιν φυσικὴν δίχα τῆς χορηγούσης ταῦτα θείας δυνάμεως. Καὶ δηλοῦσι τοῦτο σαφῶς πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι μετὰ τὰς ἀποκαλύψεις τῶν θείων ζητοῦντες τῶν ἀποκαλυφθέντων τοὺς λόγους. Ἀβραὰμ γάρ, λαβὼν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τῆς κληρονομίας τῆς δειχθείσης αὐτῷ γῆς, φάσκοντος πρὸς αὐτὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ χώρας Χαλδαίων ὥστε δοῦναί σοι τὴν γῆν ταύτην κληρονομῆσαι αὐτήν, οὐκ ἠρκέσθη λαβὼν ὅπερ ἐκζητῶν ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρεύνησε μαθεῖν ποθῶν καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς κληρονομίας, λέγων πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· Δέσποτα Κύριε, κατὰ τί γνώσομαι ὅτι κληρονομήσω αὐτήν; Καὶ Μωυσῆς, λαβὼν τῶν σημείων καὶ τῶν τεράτων τὴν δύναμιν, ἐζήτει καὶ τοὺς τρόπους διδαχθῆναι καὶ τοὺς λόγους, καθ᾽ οὓς ἔδει τῶν δοθέντων σημείων ἀποδειχθῆναι τὴν πίστωσιν· καὶ ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς, φησὶν ὁ μέγας Δαβίδ, τοὺς λόγους τῶν σημείων αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν τεράτων αὐτοῦ ἐν γῇ Χάμ. Καὶ πάλιν αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν βοῶν φησιν ὁ Δαβίδ· ἀποκάλυψον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, καὶ κατανοήσω τὰ θαυμάσιά σου ἐκ τοῦ νόμου σου καὶ λύχνος τοῖς ποσί μου ὁ νόμος σου καὶ φῶς ταῖς τρίβοις μου.
English
Therefore neither does the grace of the all-holy Spirit work wisdom in the saints apart from the mind that receives it, nor knowledge apart from the receptive power of reason, nor faith without the full assurance, according to mind and reason, of things to come and for a time hidden from all, nor gifts of healings apart from natural love for humanity, nor any other of the remaining gifts without the receptive habit and power of each; nor, in turn, will a man acquire any one of the things enumerated according to natural power apart from the divine power that supplies these things. And all the saints clearly show this, seeking, after the revelations of divine things, the reasons of the things revealed. For Abraham, having received the promise of the inheritance of the land shown to him, when God said to him, "I am God who brought you out of the land of the Chaldeans, so as to give you this land to inherit it," was not satisfied with having received what he went out from the land of the Chaldeans seeking, but inquired, desiring to learn also the manner of the inheritance, saying to God, "Lord and Master, how shall I know that I shall inherit it?" And Moses, having received the power of the signs and wonders, sought to be taught also the manners and the reasons by which the confirmation of the signs given ought to be demonstrated; and he set among them, says the great David, the reasons of his signs and his wonders in the land of Ham. And again David himself, crying out concerning himself to God, says, "Open my eyes, and I shall understand your wonders from your law," and "your law is a lamp to my feet and a light to my paths.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:363 · narrative
Source
Καὶ Δανιὴλ ὁ μέγας ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν θείων ὁράσεων, ὑπὲρ ὧν τρεῖς ἑβδομάδας ἡμερῶν ἐτέλεσεν ἄσιτος, τοὺς λόγους ἐκζητῶν ἀκούει ἀγγέλου πρὸς ἄγγελον λέγοντος· συνέτισον ἐκεῖνον τὴν ὅρασιν. Καὶ Ζαχαρίας ὁ μέγας προφήτης δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς αὐτοῦ προφητείας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ὅρασιν τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ λαλοῦντα ἄγγελον εἰσάγει, ( δεικνύοντά τε τὰς ὁράσεις καὶ διδάσκοντα τοὺς τῶν ὁράσεων λόγους, φάσκων· καὶ ἔδειξέν μοι ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν ἐν ἐμοί· καὶ εἶπέ μοι ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν ἐν ἐμοί· καὶ εἶπα τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῷ λαλοῦντι ἐν ἐμοί· Κύριε, τί ἐστι ταῦτα; Καὶ δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν ὅτι πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι καὶ ἐδέχοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἀποκαλύψεις καὶ ἐζήτουν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τῶν ἀποκαλυφθέντων τοὺς λόγους, καὶ ὅτι τοῦ Πνεύματος ἡ χάρις οὐδαμῶς τῆς φύσεως καταργεῖ τὴν δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον καταργηθεῖσαν τῇ χρήσει τῶν παρὰ φύσιν τρόπων ἐνεργὸν ἐποίει πάλιν, τῇ χρήσει τῶν κατὰ φύσιν πρὸς τὴν τῶν θείων κατανόησιν ἄγουσα. Ζητεῖ γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν τὴν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἐρευνᾷ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζητεῖ τὸ ζητούμενον, ὅτι Θεὸς καὶ πάσης ἐπέκεινα γνώσεως, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμῖν τοῖς δεομένοις τῆς γνώσεως, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ ὁ Λόγος γίνεται σὰρξ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμῖν τὸ διὰ τῆς σαρκώσεως ἐξανύων μυστήριον. Ὡς γὰρ χωρὶς σαρκὸς νοερῶς ἐψυχωμένης οὐκ ἐνήργει θεοπρεπῶς τὰ κατὰ φύσιν τῆς σαρκὸς ὁ Λόγος, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐνεργεῖ τὰς γνώσεις τῶν μυστηρίων χωρὶς τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ζητούσης τε καὶ ἐρευνώσης τὴν γνῶσιν δυνάμεως. Εἴτε οὖν ἐζήτουν ἢ
English
And Daniel, the great man of desires of the divine visions, for which he completed three weeks of days without food, seeking the meanings, hears an angel saying to an angel: "Make that one understand the vision." And Zechariah the great prophet, throughout his whole prophecy, at each vision introduces the angel who speaks in him, showing the visions and teaching the meanings of the visions, saying: "And the angel who speaks in me showed me"; and "the angel who speaks in me said to me"; and "I said to the angel who speaks in me: Lord, what are these things?" And from this it is clear that all the saints both received revelations from the Spirit and sought to have the meanings of the things revealed made known to them, and that the grace of the Spirit in no way abolishes the power of nature, but rather, when it had been rendered inactive by the use of modes contrary to nature, made it active again, leading it by the use of things according to nature to the understanding of divine things. For the Holy Spirit seeks and searches out in us the knowledge of things that exist, but it does not seek the thing sought for itself, since it is God and beyond all knowledge, but for us who need knowledge, just as indeed the Word also becomes flesh not for itself, but for us, accomplishing through the incarnation the mystery. For just as without flesh rationally ensouled the Word did not divinely perform the natural operations of the flesh, so neither does the Holy Spirit work the knowledges of the mysteries in the saints without the power that by nature seeks and searches out knowledge. Whether, then, they were seeking or
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:364 · narrative
Source
ἐξεζήτουν, εἴτε ἠρεύνων ἢ ἐξηρεύνων οἱ ἅγιοι, τὴν χάριν εἶχον τοῦ Πνεύματος κινοῦσαν αὐτῶν τὴν νοερὰν καὶ λογικὴν δύναμιν πρὸς ζήτησιν καὶ ἔρευναν τῆς τῶν ψυχῶν σωτηρίας, καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ Πνεύματος οὐδὲν παντελῶς ἐθεώρουν πνευματικόν, ὅτι μηδὲ πέφυκεν ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς ἄνευ θείου φωτὸς τῶν θείων καὶ νοητῶν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι. Ὡς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι χωρὶς ἡλιακοῦ φωτὸς ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν αἰσθητῶν, οὕτω δίχα πνευματικοῦ φωτὸς νοῦς ( ἀνθρώπινος οὔποτ᾽ ἂν δέξαιτο θεωρίαν πνευματικήν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ φωτίζει κατὰ φύσιν τὴν αἴσθησιν πρὸς τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν, τὸ δὲ πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν τὸν νοῦν καταυγάζει πρὸς κατανόησιν τῶν ὑπὲρ αἴσθησιν. Σωτηρία δὲ τῶν ψυχῶν κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως· τέλος δὲ πίστεώς ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ πιστευθέντος ἀληθὴς ἀποκάλυψις· ἀληθὴς δὲ τοῦ πιστευθέντος ἐστὶν ἀποκάλυψις ἡ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ πίστεως ἄρρητος τοῦ πεπιστευμένου περιχώρησις· περιχώρησις δὲ τοῦ πεπιστευμένου καθέστηκεν ἡ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν κατὰ τὸ τέλος τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐπάνοδος· ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρχὴν κατὰ τὸ τέλος τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐπάνοδός ἐστιν ἡ τῆς ἐφέσεως πλήρωσις· ἐφέσεως δὲ πλήρωσίς ἐστιν ἡ περὶ τὸ ἐφετὸν τῶν ἐφιεμένων ἀεικίνητος στάσις· ἀεικίνητος δὲ στάσις ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ ἐφετοῦ διηνεκής τε καὶ ἀδιάστατος ἀπόλαυσις· ἀπόλαυσις δὲ διηνεκὴς καὶ ἀδιάστατος ἡ τῶν ὑπὲρ φύσιν θείων καθέστηκε μέθεξις· μέθεξις δὲ τῶν ὑπὲρ φύσιν θείων ἐστὶν ἡ πρὸς τὸ μετεχόμενον τῶν μετεχόντων ὁμοίωσις·
English
Whether the saints were seeking or searching or scrutinizing, they had the grace of the Spirit moving their intellectual and rational power toward the seeking and searching of the salvation of souls, and without the Spirit they would behold nothing spiritual at all, since human intellect is not by nature able, without divine light, to apprehend things divine and intelligible. For just as it is impossible for the eye to apprehend sensible things without the light of the sun, so too without spiritual light the human intellect would never receive spiritual contemplation. The one illuminates the senses by nature for the apprehension of bodies, while the other illumines the intellect for contemplation, for the understanding of things beyond sense. And the salvation of souls is properly the end of faith; and the end of faith is the true revelation of what has been believed; and the true revelation of what has been believed is the ineffable interpenetration of the thing believed, in proportion to the faith in each person; and the interpenetration of the thing believed is the return of those who have believed to the beginning at the end; and the return of those who have believed to their own beginning at the end is the fulfillment of desire; and the fulfillment of desire is the ever-moving rest of those who desire around the object of desire; and ever-moving rest is the continuous and uninterrupted enjoyment of the object of desire; and continuous and uninterrupted enjoyment is the participation in things divine beyond nature; and participation in things divine beyond nature is the likeness of the participants to that in which they participate.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:365 · narrative
Source
ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὸ μετεχόμενον τῶν μετεχόντων ὁμοίωσίς ἐστιν ἡ κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ μετεχόμενον τῶν μετεχόντων δι᾽ ὁμοιότητος ἐνδεχομένη ταυτότης· ἡ δὲ τῶν μετεχόντων ἐνδεχομένη κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν δι᾽ ὁμοιότητος πρὸς τὸ μετεχόμενον ταυτότης ἐστὶν ἡ θέωσις τῶν ἀξιουμένων θεώσεως· ἡ δὲ θέωσίς ἐστι καθ᾽ ὑπογραφῆς λόγον πάντων τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ τῶν ἐν χρόνῳ καὶ αἰῶνι περιοχὴ καὶ πέρας· περιοχὴ δὲ καὶ πέρας τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν αἰώνων ἐστὶ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡ τῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς καὶ κυρίως ἀρχῆς πρὸς τὸ κυρίως τέλος καὶ ἀκραιφνὲς ἐν τοῖς σῳζομένοις ἀδιάστατος ἑνότης· ἀδιάστατος δὲ τῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς ἀρχῆς τε καὶ τέλους ἑνότης ἐν τοῖς σῳζομένοις ἐστὶν ἡ κρείττων τῶν οὐσιωδῶς ἀρχῇ τε καὶ τέλει μεμετρημένων τῶν κατὰ ( φύσιν ἔκβασις· ἔκβασις δὲ τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος περιγεγραμμένων ἐστὶν ἡ ἄμεσος καὶ ἄπειρος καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἄπειρον ἐν τοῖς ἀξιωθεῖσι τῆς κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον νοουμένης τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐκβάσεως ἐνέργεια τοῦ Θεοῦ πανσθενὴς καὶ ὑπερδύναμος· ἄμεσος δὲ καὶ ἄπειρος καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἄπειρον ἐνέργεια τοῦ Θεοῦ πανσθενής ἐστι καὶ ὑπερδύναμος ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἄφθεγκτον καὶ ὑπὲρ νόησιν ἕνωσιν ἄρρητός τε καὶ ὑπεράρρητος ἡδονὴ καὶ χαρὰ τῶν ἐνεργουμένων, ἧς οὐκ ἔστι νοῦν ἢ λόγον παντάπασιν ἢ νόησιν ἢ ῥῆσιν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν ὄντων εὑρεῖν. Οὐκ ἔχει γὰρ ἡ φύσις τῶν ὑπὲρ φύσιν τοὺς λόγους, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τῶν παρὰ φύσιν τοὺς νόμους·
English
The likeness of the participants to that which is participated in is the identity, possible through likeness, that comes about in actuality toward that which is participated in by the participants; and the identity, possible in actuality through likeness, of the participants toward that which is participated in is the deification of those deemed worthy of deification; and deification is, in the sense of an outline, the encompassment and limit of all times and ages and of all things in time and age; and the encompassment and limit of times and ages and of all things in them is the undivided unity, in those who are saved, of the pure and properly so-called beginning with the properly so-called and pure end; and the undivided unity of the pure beginning and end in those who are saved is the transcendence, beyond things measured essentially by beginning and end, of things according to nature; and the transcendence of things circumscribed by beginning and end is the immediate and infinite and infinitely extending activity, in those deemed worthy of the transcendence of things according to nature understood in the higher sense, of God, all-powerful and beyond power; and the immediate and infinite and infinitely extending activity of God, all-powerful and beyond power, is the ineffable and beyond-ineffable pleasure and joy, in accordance with the unutterable and beyond-thought union, of those in whom it is active, of which it is not possible to find mind or reason or thought or speech at all in the nature of beings. For the nature of things beyond nature does not have the principles, just as neither does it have the laws of things contrary to nature.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:366 · narrative
Source
ὑπὲρ φύσιν δὲ λέγω τὴν θείαν καὶ ἀνεννόητον ἡδονήν, ἣν ποιεῖν πέφυκεν ὁ Θεὸς φύσει κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῖς ἀξίοις ἑνούμενος, παρὰ φύσιν δὲ τὴν κατὰ στέρησιν ταύτης συνισταμένην ἀνεκλάλητον ὀδύνην, ἣν ποιεῖν εἴωθεν ὁ Θεός, φύσει παρὰ τὴν χάριν τοῖς ἀναξίοις ἑνούμενος. Κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἑκάστῳ ποιότητα τῆς διαθέσεως ὁ Θεός, τοῖς πᾶσιν ἑνούμενος ὡς οἶδεν αὐτός, τὴν αἴσθησιν ἑκάστῳ παρέχεται καθώς ἐστιν ἕκαστος ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ διαπεπλασμένος πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦ πάντως πᾶσιν ἑνωθησομένου κατὰ τὸ πέρας τῶν αἰώνων. Σωτηρίαν δὲ ψυχῶν, ὡς οἶμαι, τυχὸν ὁ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀκρότατος ἔφη Πέτρος, ὡς πίστεως τέλος, τῶν ὑπὲρ φύσιν τὴν μέθεξιν· περὶ ἧς σωτηρίας, διὰ Πνεύματος ἁγίου δηλαδή, σαφῶς ἐξεζήτησαν προφῆται καὶ ἐξηρεύνησαν εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλου τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ, προμαρτυρόμενον τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας. Οὐκοῦν τοὺς ἐκζητοῦντας ἐν Πνεύματι τὴν τῶν ψυχῶν σωτηρίαν καὶ ἐξερευνῶντας τοὺς ταύτης πνευματικοὺς τῆς σωτηρίας λόγους ( τε καὶ τρόπους ὁδηγεῖ πρὸς κατανόησιν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, οὐκ ἐῶν ἀκίνητον ἐν αὐτοῖς μένειν καὶ ἀνενέργητον τὴν δι᾽ ἧς ἐκζητεῖν τὰ θεῖα πεφύκασι δύναμιν.
English
By "beyond nature" I mean the divine and incomprehensible pleasure, which God is by nature disposed to produce by grace when he is united to those who are worthy; and by "contrary to nature" I mean the ineffable pain that consists in the privation of this pleasure, which God is accustomed to produce when he is united, by nature, contrary to grace, to those who are unworthy. For in accordance with the underlying quality of each one's disposition, God, being united to all as he himself knows, grants the perception to each one just as each one has been molded by himself for the reception of the one who will certainly be united to all at the consummation of the ages. And perhaps Peter, the foremost of the apostles, called the salvation of souls, as the end of faith, the participation in that which is beyond nature; concerning this salvation, clearly through the Holy Spirit, prophets sought out and searched diligently what or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ within them was indicating, testifying beforehand to the sufferings destined for Christ and the glories that follow these. Therefore, those who seek in the Spirit the salvation of souls and search out the spiritual principles and ways of this salvation—the Holy Spirit guides them to understanding, not allowing the power by which they are naturally disposed to seek the things of God to remain unmoved and inactive within them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:367 · narrative
Source
Πρῶτον μὲν αὐτοὺς διδάσκον ζητῆσαι τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἢ τὴν κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας νέκρωσιν καὶ τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἢ τὴν κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀναβίωσιν, ἐρευνῆσαι δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἢ τῆς κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας νεκρώσεως τοὺς τρόπους, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἢ τῆς ἀρετῆς κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἀναστάσεως τοὺς λόγους· δι᾽ ὧν, τρόπων τέ φημι καὶ λόγων, ἡ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἢ ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως νέκρωσις καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἢ τῆς προαιρέσεως κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνάστασις γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἔχουσα προδήλως κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον, ὃν καιρὸν προσηγόρευσεν ὁ λόγος, τὰ εἰς Χριστόν, ἤγουν ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ, περὶ φύσιν παθήματα, ἅπερ αὐτοῖς προεμαρτύρετο τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ἵνα γένωνται σύμφυτοι τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατὰ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως κατὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν τῆς ἀρετῆς. Δεῖ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸν σωθησόμενον μὴ μόνον τῇ προαιρέσει νεκρῶσαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν προαίρεσιν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀναστῆσαι τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴν τῇ προαιρέσει τὴν ἀρετήν, ἵνα νεκρὰ νεκρᾶς ὅλης ὅλη διαιρεθεῖσα τῆς ἁμαρτίας μὴ αἰσθάνηται καὶ ζῶσα ζώσης ὅλης ὅλη τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπαισθάνηται καθ᾽ ἕνωσιν ἀδιάσπαστον ἡ προαίρεσις. Ταῦτα μὲν τυχὸν πρῶτον ζητήσαντες καὶ ἐρευνήσαντες οἱ ἅγιοι διὰ Πνεύματος ἁγίου τὴν πρακτικὴν κατώρθωσαν φιλοσοφίαν·
English
First, teaching them to seek the mortification of the will that is according to sin, or the mortification of sin that is according to the will, and the revival of the will that is according to virtue, or the revival of virtue that is according to the will; and to search out the ways of the mortification of the will that is according to sin, or of the mortification of sin that is according to the will, and likewise also the principles of the resurrection of the will that is according to virtue, or of virtue that is according to the will; through which—ways, I say, and principles—the mortification of sin that is according to the will, or of the will that is according to sin, and the resurrection of the will that is according to virtue, or of virtue that is according to the will, are naturally brought about, having manifestly in this age, which the word called the time, the things pertaining to Christ—that is, for Christ's sake—the sufferings that are beyond nature, which the Holy Spirit foretestified to them, so that they might become conformed to the death of Christ in the mortification of sin and to the resurrection in the awakening of virtue. For truly the one who is to be saved must mortify sin not only by the will, but also the will itself by sin, and must raise up the will not only by virtue, but also virtue itself by the will, so that the will, wholly separated from wholly dead sin, may not perceive it, and, living, may wholly perceive wholly living virtue through an unbroken union. These things, then, the saints, having first perhaps sought and searched out through the Holy Spirit, successfully accomplished the practical philosophy.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:368 · narrative
Source
μεθ᾽ ἥν, οἷα δὴ καθαροὶ γεγονότες καὶ παντὸς ἐλεύθεροι μολυσμοῦ, πρὸς τὸ τέλος τῶν ὄντων ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Πνεύματος τὸ νοερὸν ἐκίνησαν ὄμμα τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐκζητοῦντες ( μετὰ τὴν προαιρετικὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ τὴν τῆς φύσεως ἀφθαρσίαν, καὶ ἐξερευνῶντες τούς τε τρόπους καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν θεοπρεποῦς ἀθανασίας. Οὐ γὰρ ἐζήτουν ἔτι τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς προαιρέσεως, ἣν ἤδη κατὰ τὴν πρακτικὴν λαβόντες εἶχον παρὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος, οὐδὲ τοὺς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἠρεύνων τρόπους, οὓς φθάσαντες κατώρθωσαν διὰ τῆς χάριτος, ἀλλ᾽ ἣν οὐκ εἶχον τῆς φύσεως ἐξεζήτουν ἀφθαρσίαν, καὶ τοὺς τρόπους καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐξηρεύνων θεώσεως, πρὸς ἣν ἠπείγοντο τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐν Χριστῷ δόξης ἐπιθυμοῦντες, ἵνα, ὥσπερ συνέπαθον αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον, ὅν, ὡς ἔφην, καιρὸν ὠνόμασεν ὁ λόγος, οὕτως καὶ συνδοξασθῶσι κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν μέλλοντα, κληρονόμοι μὲν ὑπὲρ φύσιν Θεοῦ κατὰ τὴν χάριν, συγκληρονόμοι δὲ Χριστοῦ, κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν τῇ δυνάμει τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τὴν ὅλην οἰκειουμένου φύσιν, γινόμενοι. Θεὸς γὰρ ὑπάρχων φύσει καὶ ἄνθρωπος ὁ Χριστὸς ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ὡς Θεὸς ὑπὲρ φύσιν χάριτι κληρονομεῖται κατὰ τὴν ἄρρητον μέθεξιν καί, δι᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐν εἴδει τῷ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἡμᾶς οἰκειούμενος, ἑαυτὸν κληρονομεῖ σὺν ἡμῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀνεννόητον συγκατάβασιν· ὃν τῷ Πνεύματι μυστικῶς οἱ ἅγιοι προθεωρήσαντες ἐδιδάχθησαν ὡς χρὴ τῆς κατὰ τὸ μέλλον φανησομένης διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐν Χριστῷ δόξης τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς κατὰ τὸ παρὸν προκαθηγεῖσθαι παθήματα·
English
After which, having become pure and free from every defilement, they moved the noetic eye of the soul toward the end of things by the same Spirit, seeking after the resurrection of choice and the incorruption of nature, and searching out both the modes and the principles of the God-befitting immortality according to it. For they were no longer seeking the resurrection of choice, which they already possessed, having received it from the Spirit in the practical life, nor were they investigating the modes according to it, which they had already accomplished through grace, but they were seeking the incorruption of nature, which they did not have, and were searching out the modes and principles of the deification according to it, toward which they were hastening, desiring the glory according to it in Christ, so that, just as they suffered with him in this age—which, as I said, the word called a time—so also they might be glorified with him in the age to come, becoming heirs of God beyond nature by grace, and co-heirs of Christ, he having appropriated the whole nature by the economy through the power of the incarnation. For Christ, being God by nature and man, is inherited by us as God beyond nature by grace through the ineffable participation, and, appropriating us to himself as man in the form that is according to us for our sake, he inherits himself together with us through the inconceivable condescension; whom the saints, having mystically foreseen by the Spirit, were taught how it is necessary that the sufferings for the sake of virtue in the present should precede the glory that will appear in the future in Christ because of virtue.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:369 · narrative
Source
ἐρευνῶντες γάρ, φησίν, εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλου τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ προμαρτυρόμενον τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας. Οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐξεζήτουν καὶ ἐξηρεύνων οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐκθεώσεως, ἀλλὰ δὴ καὶ τὸν καιρὸν καθ᾽ ὃν ἡ διὰ παθημάτων ὑπὲρ ( αὐτῆς δοκιμασία γενήσεται, φανερὰν ποιουμένη τῶν τε κατ᾽ ἀλήθειαν αὐτῆς ἐφιεμένων τὴν διάθεσιν καὶ τῶν καθ᾽ ὑπόκρισιν ἐρᾶν αὐτῆς νομιζομένων τὴν πρόθεσιν, καὶ τὸν ἄλλον καιρόν, ἤγουν αἰῶνα, καθ᾽ ὃν παροῦσα φανήσεται κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν, πάντας ἀναλόγως, καθὼς ἕκαστός ἐστιν αὐτῆς δεκτικός, μεταποιοῦσα πρὸς τὴν θείαν ὁμοίωσιν· ἣν δόξαν τυχὸν τοῖς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς μεθεπομένην πόνοις προεῖπεν ὁ λόγος. Ταῦτα μὲν ἐρεῖ τις ἀπολογούμενος πρὸς τὸν λέγοντα τί δήποτε μὴ ζήτησιν καὶ ἐρεύνησιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκζήτησιν ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐξερεύνησιν εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, καὶ τὸν πρόχειρον νοῦν ἐμφαντικῶς προδεικνύμενος. Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἄλλον οἶδα παρά τινος σοφοῦ λόγον ἀκούσας. Ἕλεγε γὰρ ἐκεῖνος, μυστικώτερον τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τοῦ τέλους τῆς τε ζητήσεως καὶ τῆς ἐκζητήσεως λόγον ποιούμενος, πρὸς μὲν τὴν ἀρχὴν τετάχθαι φυσικῶς τὴν ζήτησιν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τέλος τὴν ἐκζήτησιν· οὐ γάρ τις φυσικῶς ἐκζητεῖ τὴν ἀρχήν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ζητεῖ φυσικῶς τὸ τέλος, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν ζητεῖ, τὸ δὲ τέλος ἐκζητεῖ.
English
For, he says, searching into what or what sort of time the Spirit of Christ that was in them was indicating beforehand, when it testified in advance the sufferings destined for Christ and the glories that would follow these things. Therefore they both sought out and searched out not only the incorruption of nature and the principles of its deification, but indeed also the time in which the testing of it through sufferings would come about, making manifest both the disposition of those who truly desire it and the intention of those who are thought to love it in pretense, and the other time, that is, the age, in which, being present, it will appear in actual operation, transforming all proportionally, according as each is receptive of it, toward the divine likeness; which glory, perhaps, the word foretold as following upon the labors undertaken for the sake of virtue. These things one might say in defense against the one who asks why on earth the Scripture said here not "seeking" and "searching" but "seeking out" and "searching out," also manifestly displaying the ready meaning beforehand. But I know also another account, having heard it from a certain wise man. For he said, making a more mystical account concerning the beginning and the end of both seeking and seeking out, that seeking is naturally assigned to the beginning, while seeking out is assigned to the end; for no one naturally seeks out the beginning, just as neither does one naturally seek the end, but one seeks the beginning, while one seeks out the end.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:370 · narrative
Source
Ἀφ᾽ οὗ γάρ, ἔφασκεν, ἅμα τῷ εἶναι διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρχὴν ὀπίσω ποιήσας ὁ ἄνθρωπος ζητεῖν οὐκ ἠδύνατο τὸ κατόπιν αὐτοῦ γεγενημένον, καὶ ἐπειδὴ φυσικῶς ἡ ἀρχὴ περιγράφει τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς γεγενημένων τὴν κίνησιν, εἰκότως προσηγορεύθη καὶ τέλος, εἰς ὅπερ, ὡς αἰτίαν τῆς τῶν κινουμένων κινήσεως, δέχεται πέρας ὁ δρόμος. Ἐκζητῶν οὖν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ τέλος ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καταντᾷ, φυσικῶς ἐν τῷ τέλει τυγχάνουσαν· ἧς ἀπολιπὼν τὴν ζήτησιν, τὴν αὐτῆς, ὡς τέλους φύσει, μετῆλθεν ἐκζήτησιν. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν αὐτῆς διαφυγεῖν τὴν περιγραφήν, πανταχόθεν αὐτὸν περιϊσταμένην καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ περιορίζουσαν κίνησιν. Οὐκ ἦν οὖν ζητῆσαι τὴν ἀρχήν, ὡς ἔφην, ὀπίσω γεγενημένην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκζητῆσαι τὸ τέλος ἐμπρὸς ὑπάρχον, ἵνα γνῷ διὰ τοῦ τέλους τὴν ἀπολειφθεῖσαν ἀρχήν, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἔγνω τὸ τέλος ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς. ( Καὶ τοῦτο τυχὸν ὁ σοφὸς μυσταγωγῶν Σολομών φησιν· τί τὸ γεγενημένον, αὐτὸ τὸ γενησόμενον· καὶ τί τὸ πεποιημένον, αὐτὸ τὸ ποιηθησόμενον, ὡσανεὶ σαφῶς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐκ τοῦ τέλους δεικνύς. Οὐκέτι γὰρ μετὰ τὴν παράβασιν δείκνυται τὸ τέλος ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐκ τοῦ τέλους, οὐδὲ ζητεῖ τις τοὺς τῆς ἀρχῆς λόγους, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκζητεῖ τοὺς πρὸς τὸ τέλος τοὺς κινουμένους ἀπάγοντας. Εἰ δέ, ὅτι πολλαχοῦ τῆς Γραφῆς ἡ ζήτησις εἴρηται, ὡς τὸ ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν, καὶ ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ, βεβαίαν οὐχ ἡγεῖται ταύτην ἔννοιαν, αὐτόθεν ἔχει νουνεχῶς ἐπισκήπτων τῶν λεχθέντων τὴν πίστωσιν.
English
For, he said, from the moment that man, through disobedience, put his own beginning behind him, he was unable to seek what had come to be behind him; and since the beginning naturally circumscribes the motion of the things that have come to be from it, it was reasonably also called the end, to which, as the cause of the motion of things that are moved, the course receives its limit. So man, seeking his own end, arrives at the beginning, which naturally resides in the end; and having abandoned the search for it, he pursued the search for it as an end by nature. For it was not possible to escape its circumscription, which surrounds him on every side and bounds his motion. It was not possible, then, as I said, to seek the beginning that had come to be behind, but to seek out the end that lies ahead, so that through the end he might know the beginning that had been left behind, since he did not know the end from the beginning. And perhaps this is what the wise Solomon says in mystical initiation: What has come to be, that is what will be; and what has been made, that is what will be made—as if clearly showing the beginning from the end. For no longer after the transgression is the end shown from the beginning, but the beginning from the end, nor does one seek the principles of the beginning, but seeks out those that lead the things that are moved toward the end. But if, because in many places of Scripture the word "seeking" is used—as in "Seek peace and pursue it," and "Seek first the kingdom of God and his righteousness"—he does not consider this notion firm, he provides confirmation of what has been said by wisely insisting on it from that very point.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:371 · narrative
Source
Εἰπὼν γὰρ ὁ λόγος ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ δίωξον αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ τέλει τὴν ἀρχὴν διῶξαι παρενεγύησε καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν, ἀρχὴν οὖσαν διὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ὡς τέλους τῆς βασιλείας, ἐκζητῆσαι παρεκελεύσατο. Βασιλεία γὰρ Θεοῦ πρὸ πάσης ἐστὶ δικαιοσύνης, μᾶλλον δὲ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν αὐτοδικαιοσύνη, πρὸς ἥν, ὡς τέλος, ἐπείγεται πᾶσα σπουδαίου κίνησις. Εἰ γὰρ δικαιοσύνη ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ ἴσου κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῳ διανέμησις, βασιλεία δὲ ἔννομός ἐστιν ἐπιστασία, ἄρα ταὐτὸν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ἡ δικαιοσύνη, δι᾽ ἦς, ὡς τέλους, ὁδεύειν τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐστὶν εὐμαρές, ὡς πρὸς ἀρχὴν τὴν βασιλείαν· δικαιοσύνη γάρ ἐστι βασιλεία ἐνεργουμένη καὶ βασιλεία ἐστὶ δικαιοσύνη δι᾽ ἔργων κεκυρωμένη· τὸ γὰρ ἐννόμως ἐπιστατεῖν τοῖς οὖσι διανέμειν ἐστὶν ἑκάστῳ τὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν, καὶ τὸ διανέμειν ἑκάστῳ τὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν ἔννομός ἐστι τῶν ὄντων ἐπιστασία. Οὐκοῦν οὐδὲν τῆς κατὰ νοῦν τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς ὁμαλότητος ἡ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν διαφορὰ παρεσάλευσεν, παρὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς δηλαδὴ τῶν θείων νοήμοσιν.
English
For the passage, having said, "Seek peace and pursue it," hinted at pursuing the beginning in the end, and commanded us to seek out the kingdom, which is the beginning through righteousness, as the end of the kingdom. For the kingdom of God is before all righteousness, or rather, to speak more properly, it is righteousness itself, toward which every motion of the zealous person hastens as its end. For if righteousness is the distribution of equality to each according to worth, and the kingdom is a lawful governance, then righteousness is the same as the kingdom, through which it is easy for those who wish to walk as toward an end, namely the kingdom as a beginning; for righteousness is the kingdom in operation, and the kingdom is righteousness confirmed through works. For to govern lawfully those that exist is to distribute to each according to worth, and to distribute to each according to worth is a lawful governance of things that exist. Therefore the difference in wording did not disturb the smoothness of the holy Scripture according to the mind, at least among the wise who understand divine things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:372 · narrative
Source
( Εἰ δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἕτερον βούλοιτό τις ἐκδέχεσθαι τρόπον τήν τε ζήτησιν καὶ ἐρεύνησιν, καὶ τὴν ἐκζήτησιν καὶ τὴν ἐξερεύνησιν, εὑρήσει τὴν μὲν ζήτησιν καὶ τὴν ἐκζήτησιν περὶ τὸν νοῦν κινουμένας, τὴν δὲ ἐρεύνησιν καὶ τὴν ἐξερεύνησιν περὶ τὸν λόγον. Ζητεῖ γὰρ φυσικῶς ὁ νοῦς, ἐρευνᾷ δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ὁ λόγος. Ζήτησις γάρ ἐστιν, ἵν᾽ ὡς ἐν ὅρῳ περιλαβὼν εἴπω, ἁπλῆ τοῦ νοὸς πρός τι γνωστὸν μετ᾽ ἐφέσεως κίνησις· ἐρεύνησις δέ ἐστιν ἁπλῆ τοῦ λόγου περί τι γνωστὸν μετά τινος ἐννοίας διάκρισις· ἐκζήτησις δέ ἐστιν ἡ κατ᾽ ἐπιστήμην τοῦ νοὸς γνωστικὴ πρός τι γνωστὸν μετὰ ποιᾶς, ἤγουν τοιᾶσδε, ἐφέσεως κίνησις· ἐξερεύνησις δέ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ λόγου κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν περί τι γνωστὸν μετὰ ποιᾶς, ἤγουν τοιᾶσδε, ἐννοίας διάκρισις· οὕστινας ὅρους ἐπὶ τὰ θεῖα μεταφέροντες, φαμὲν ὅτι ζήτησίς ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ νοῦ πρώτη τε καὶ ἁπλῆ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετ᾽ ἐφέσεως κίνησις, ἐρεύνησις δέ ἐστιν ἡ πρώτη τε καὶ ἁπλῆ τοῦ λόγου περὶ τὴν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετά τινος ἐννοίας διάκρισις, ἐκζήτησις δὲ πάλιν ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ νοῦ κατ᾽ ἐπιστήμην γνωστικὴ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετά τινος ζεούσης ἐφέσεως κίνησις, ἐξερεύνησις δέ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ λόγου κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν τῶν ἀρετῶν περὶ τὴν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετά τινος ἔμφρονος καὶ σοφῆς ἐννοίας γινομένη διάκρισις.
English
But if someone wishes to understand the seeking and the searching, and the out-seeking and the out-searching, in another way as well, he will find that the seeking and the out-seeking are movements concerned with the intellect, while the searching and the out-searching are concerned with the reason. For the intellect seeks by nature, and the reason searches by nature. For seeking is, to put it in a definition, the simple movement of the intellect with desire toward something knowable; and searching is the simple discernment of the reason concerning something knowable with some conception; and out-seeking is the intellect's knowledgeable movement, according to knowledge, toward something knowable with a certain quality, that is, a particular kind, of desire; and out-searching is the reason's discernment, according to activity, concerning something knowable with a certain quality, that is, a particular kind, of conception. Transferring these definitions to divine matters, we say that seeking is the intellect's first and simple movement with desire toward its own cause; and searching is the reason's first and simple discernment with some conception concerning its own cause; and out-seeking, in turn, is the intellect's knowledgeable movement, according to knowledge, toward its own cause with a certain fervent desire; and out-searching is the discernment of the reason, according to the activity of the virtues, concerning its own cause, arising with some prudent and wise conception.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:373 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι προφῆται, περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν ψυχῶν ἐκζητήσαντές τε καὶ ἐξερευνήσαντες, διάπυρον εἶχον καὶ ζέουσαν μετ᾽ ἐπιστήμης καὶ γνώσεως πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν τὴν τοῦ νοῦ κατ᾽ ἔφεσιν κίνησιν, καὶ ἔμφρονα καὶ σοφὴν τὴν τοῦ λόγου κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν θείων διάκρισιν· οὓς οἱ μιμούμενοι μετὰ γνώσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης τὴν τῶν ψυχῶν ἐκζητοῦσι σωτηρίαν, καὶ μετὰ φρονήσεως καὶ σοφίας ἐξερευνῶντες μετέρχονται τὴν ἐν τοῖς θείοις ἔργοις διάκρισιν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Οὔτε ἡ θείας χάρις φησίν ἐνεργεῖ φωτισμούς γνώσεως, οὐκ ὄντος τοῦ κατά δύναμιν φυσικήν δεχομένου τόν φωτισμόν· ( οὔτε μήν τό δεκτικόν δίχα τῆς χορηγούσης χάριτος τόν φωτισμόν ἐνεργεῖ γνώσεως. 2. Ὁ δίχα πάθους αἰτῶν λαμβάνει τήν τοῦ ἐνεργεῖν δύνασθαι χάριν κατά τήν πρᾶξιν τάς ἀρετάς· καί ὁ ζητῶν ἀπαθῶς, εὑρίσκει κατά τήν φυσικήν θεωρίαν τήν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀλήθειαν· καί ὁ κρούων ἀπαθῶς τήν θύραν τῆς γνώσεως, ἀκωλύτως εἰς τήν ἀπόκρυφον τῆς μυστικῆς θεολογίας εἰσελεύσεται χάριν. 3. Ὁ νοῦς σοφίας ὄργανόν φησιν· ὁ λόγος, γνώσεως· ἡ κατ᾿ ἄμφω πληροφρία, τῆς κατ᾿ ἄμφω συνισταμένης πίστεως· τοῦ δέ τῶν ἰαμάτων χαρίσματος, ἡ φυσική φιλανθρωπία. Πᾶν γάρ χάρισμα θεῖον, ἐπιτήδειον ἐν ἡμῖν ἔχει καί προσφυές ὥσπερ δύναμιν ἤ διάθεσιν ὄργανον δεκτικόν. Οἷον ὁ τόν νοῦν πάσης αἰσθητῆς φαντασίας ποιήσας καθαρόν, δέχεται σοφίαν· ὁ δέ τόν λόγον τῶν ἐμφύτων παθῶν, θυμοῦ λέγω καί ἐπιθυμίας, καταστάσας Δεσπότην, δέχεται γνῶσιν· ὁ δέ τήν κατά νοῦν καί λόγον περί τό Θεῖον ἀσάλευτον πληροφορίαν ἔχων, τήν πάντα δυναμένην δέχεται πίστιν·
English
Therefore the holy prophets too, having sought out and searched out concerning the salvation of souls, possessed a fiery and boiling movement of the mind toward God in accordance with desire, together with knowledge and understanding, and a prudent and wise discrimination of reason in accordance with the working of divine things. Those who imitate them with knowledge and understanding seek out the salvation of souls, and with prudence and wisdom, searching out, they pursue the discrimination that is in divine works. SCHOLIA 1. Neither, he says, does divine grace work illuminations of knowledge when there is no one receiving the illumination according to natural capacity; nor indeed does the receptive capacity, apart from the grace that bestows it, work the illumination of knowledge. 2. He who asks without passion receives the grace of being able to work the virtues in practice; and he who seeks without passion finds, according to natural contemplation, the truth that is in existing things; and he who knocks without passion at the door of knowledge will enter without hindrance into the hidden grace of mystical theology. 3. The mind, he says, is an instrument of wisdom; reason, of knowledge; the full assurance in both belongs to the faith that is established in both; and of the gift of healings, natural philanthropy. For every divine gift has in us a suitable and congenial instrument, as it were a capacity or disposition, receptive of it. For example, he who has made the mind pure of every sensory image receives wisdom; he who has established reason as master of the innate passions—I mean anger and desire—receives knowledge; and he who has an unshaken full assurance concerning the divine in mind and reason receives the faith that can do all things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:374 · narrative
Source
ὁ δέ τήν φυσικήν κατορθώσας φιλανθρωπίαν, μετά τήν τελείαν τῆς φιλαυτίας ἀναίρεσιν, ἰαμάτων δέχεται χαρίσματα. 4. Τό αἰσθητόν φῶς δῆλον ὅτι. 5. Τό πνευματικόν φῶς δῆλον ὅτι. 6. Τῶν πρός Θεόν, δηλονότι κινουμένων. 7. Ὁ τοῦ εἶναι λόγος τόν Θεόν ὡς ἀρχήν φυσικήν ἐπιφέρεται, φησίν· καί ὁ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι λόγος, τόν Θεόν ὡς τέλος, πρός ὅν ἐπείγεται γνωμικῶς, πᾶς ὁ τήν ἔφεσιν εἰς Θεόν ἀναπλάσαι γλιχόμενος· ὧν ἑνότης ἐστίν, ὁ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι λόγος κατά χάριν παραγινόμενος, καί τόν Θεόν ἐπιφερόμενος, τόν πάσης ἀρχῆς καί τέλους κατά φύσιν ἀνώτερον, ποιοῦντα τούς ἀρχήν ἔχοντας κατά φύσιν καί τέλος ἀνάρχους κατά χάριν καί ἀτελευτήτους. ( 8. Ἡ κατά χάριν ἐν τῷ ποιῷ πρός θέωσιν μεταποίησις, ἔκβασις τῶν ἀρχῇ τε καί τέλει φυσικῶς περιγεγραμμένων ἐστί. 9. Ἔμφασις μυστικά τῆς ἐσομένης κρίσεως ἀποδεικτική. 10. Πρῶτόν τις ζητεῖ, φησί, τῇ προαιρέσει νεκρῶσαι τήν ἁμαρτίαν, καί τήν προαίρεσιν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· καί οὕτως ἐρευνᾷ, πῶς δεῖ καί ποίῳ τρόπῳ νεκρῶσαι ταύτας ἀλλήλαις. Καί πάλιν μετά τήν τούτων ἀλλήλαις τελείαν νέκρωσιν, ζητεῖ τήν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τῆς προαιρέσεως, καί τῆς ἀρετῆς τήν κατά προαίρεσιν ζωήν. Καί οὕτως
English
But the one who has set right his natural love for humanity, after the complete removal of self-love, receives gifts of healings. 4. The sensible light, obviously. 5. The spiritual light, obviously. 6. Of those who are moved toward God, clearly. 7. The principle of being carries God as its natural beginning, he says; and the principle of well-being carries God as its end, toward which everyone who desires to reshape his impulse toward God eagerly presses on in accordance with his will. Their unity is the principle of well-being, coming about by grace and carrying God, who is by nature higher than every beginning and end, making those who have a beginning by nature to be without beginning by grace and without end. (8. The transformation by grace in the quality toward deification is a departure from the things naturally circumscribed by beginning and end. 9. A mystical indication, demonstrative of the coming judgment. 10. First, he says, one seeks by choice to put sin to death, and choice to sin; and thus he investigates how and in what manner these are to be put to death for one another. And again, after the complete putting to death of these for one another, he seeks the life of choice according to virtue, and the life of virtue according to choice. And thus
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:375 · narrative
Source
ἐρευνᾷ, πῶς δεῖ, καί ποίῳ τρόπῳ τήν ἐν ἀλλήλαις τούτων δημιουργῆσαι ζωήν· ἔστιν οὖν, ὡς ἐν ὁρισμῷ λαβεῖν, ἡ μέν ζήτησις, ὄρεξις καταθυμίου τινός· ἡ δέ ἐρεύνησις, τρόπος τῆς πρός τό καταθύμιον ὀρέξεως ἀνυστικός. 11. Ὁ νεκρώσας φησί τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ τήν προαίρεσιν, σύμφυτος γέγονε τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Χριστοῦ· καί ὁ ταύτην ἀναστήσας τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ, σύμφυτος γέγονε καί τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ. 12. Ἡ ἁμαρτία, καί ἡ προαίρεσίς φησιν ἀλλήλαις νεκρούμεναι, διπλῆν ἔχουσι πρός ἀλλήλας τήν ἀναισθησίαν· καί ἡ δικαιοσύνη, καί ἡ προαίρεσις ἐν ἀλλήλαις ἔχουσαι τήν ζωήν, διπλῆν ἔχουσι τήν αἴσθησιν. 13. Ἄλλη περί τῶν αὐτῶν θεωρία. 14. Ὁ μέν νοῦς, φησί, κατά μόνην τήν ἔφεσιν ἀγνώστως τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν κινούμενος, ζητεῖ μόνον· ὁ δέ λόγος, τούς ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀληθεῖς ποικίλως ἐφοδεύων ἐρευνᾷ λόγους. Ξ (60). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΜΝΟΥ ΑΜΩΜΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΠΙΛΟΥ ΧΡΙΣΤΟΥ. ( 60. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Ξ' Ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου Χριστοῦ, προεγνωσμένου μὲν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, φανερωθέντος δὲ ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων τῶν χρόνων δι᾽ ἡμᾶς. Ὑπὸ τίνος προεγνωσμένου;
English
he searches out how, and in what manner, one ought to bring about the life of these in one another. So then, to grasp it in a definition: inquiry is a desire for something pleasing; and investigation is the manner of desire that accomplishes the pleasing thing. 11. He says that the one who has put his choice to death to sin has become planted together in the likeness of Christ's death; and the one who has raised it up to righteousness has become planted together also in his resurrection. 12. Sin and choice, he says, being put to death in one another, have a double insensibility toward one another; and righteousness and choice, having life in one another, have a double perception. 13. Another contemplation concerning the same things. 14. The mind, he says, being moved by mere impulse unknowably toward the cause of beings, seeks only; but the reason, traversing in various ways the true principles in beings, investigates. 60. CONCERNING CHRIST, THE LAMB WITHOUT BLEMISH AND WITHOUT SPOT. (60. QUESTION 60: As of Christ, a lamb without blemish and without spot, foreknown indeed before the foundation of the world, but manifested at the last times for our sake. Foreknown by whom?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:376 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μυστήριον Χριστὸν ὁ τῆς Γραφῆς ὠνόμασε λόγος, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ σαφῶς οὑτωσὶ φάσκων ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος· τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν νῦν ἐφανερώθη, ταὐτὸν λέγων δηλαδὴ τῷ Χριστῷ τὸ κατὰ Χριστὸν μυστήριον. Τοῦτο προδήλως ἐστὶν ἄρρητός τε καὶ ἀπερινόητος θεότητός τε καὶ ἀνθρωπότητος καθ᾽ ὑπόστασιν ἕνωσις, εἰς ταὐτὸν ἄγουσα τῇ θεότητι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον τῷ τῆς ὑποστάσεως λόγῳ τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα καὶ μίαν ἀμφοτέρων ἀποτελοῦσα τὴν ὑπόστασιν σύνθετον, τῆς αὐτῶν κατὰ φύσιν οὐσιώδους διαφορᾶς μηδεμίαν καθοτιοῦν ἐπάγουσα μείωσιν, ὥστε καὶ μίαν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι, καθὼς ἔφην, τὴν ὑπόστασιν καὶ τὴν φυσικὴν διαφορὰν ἀπαθῆ διαμένειν, καθ᾽ ἣν καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἕνωσιν ἀνελάττωτος αὐτῶν καὶ ἡνωμένων ἡ κατὰ φύσιν διασῴζεται ποσότης. Ὅπου γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἕνωσιν οὐδὲν τὸ παράπαν τροπῆς ἢ ἀλλοιώσεως τοῖς ἑνωθεῖσι παρηκολούθησε πάθος, ἀκραιφνὴς ὁ κατὰ οὐσίαν ἑκατέρου τῶν ἡνωμένων διαμεμένηκε λόγος· ὧν δὲ ἀκραιφνὴς ὁ τῆς οὐσίας καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἕνωσιν διαμεμένηκε λόγος, τούτων ἀλώβητοι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ( μεμενήκασιν αἱ φύσεις, μηδεμιᾶς τὸ σύνολον ἀρνησαμένης τὰ ἑαυτῆς διὰ τὴν ἕνωσιν.
English
Answer. The word of Scripture called Christ the mystery of Christ, and the great apostle testifies clearly, speaking thus: the mystery which was hidden from the ages and from the generations has now been manifested, plainly saying that the mystery according to Christ is the same as Christ. This is evidently the ineffable and incomprehensible union of divinity and humanity according to hypostasis, bringing humanity into the same with divinity in every way by the principle of the hypostasis, and producing one composite hypostasis of both, while introducing no diminution whatsoever of their essential difference according to nature, so that, as I said, their hypostasis becomes one and the natural difference remains impassible, according to which even after the union the quantity of their nature is preserved undiminished and united. For where, in the union, no passion of change or alteration at all followed upon the things united, the principle of the essence of each of the united things has remained pure; and of those whose principle of essence has remained pure even after the union, their natures have in every way remained unimpaired, since none of them denied its own properties at all because of the union.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:377 · narrative
Source
Ἔπρεπε γὰρ τῷ ποιητῇ τῶν ὅλων καὶ γινομένῳ φύσει κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν ὅπερ οὐκ ἦν καὶ ἑαυτὸν ὅπερ ἦν κατὰ φύσιν καὶ ὅπερ γέγονε φύσει κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν ἄτρεπτον διασώσασθαι. Θεῷ γὰρ οὐ πέφυκεν ἐνθεωρεῖσθαι τροπή, ᾧ μηδεμία καθάπαξ κίνησις ἐπινοεῖται, περὶ ἣν ὑπάρχει τοῖς κινουμένοις τὸ τρέπεσθαι. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ μέγα καὶ ἀπόκρυφον μυστήριον. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ μακάριον, δι᾽ ὃ τὰ πάντα συνέστησαν, τέλος. Τοῦτό ἐστιν ὁ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν ὄντων προεπινοούμενος θεῖος σκοπός, ὃν ὁρίζοντες εἶναί φαμεν προεπινοούμενον τέλος, οὗ ἕνεκα μὲν τὰ πάντα, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐδενὸς ἕνεκεν· πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἀφορῶν τὰς τῶν ὄντων ὁ Θεὸς παρήγαγεν οὐσίας. Τοῦτο κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ τῆς προνοίας καὶ τῶν προνοουμένων πέρας, καθ᾽ ὃ εἰς τὸν Θεὸν ἡ τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένων ἐστὶν ἀνακεφαλαίωσις. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ πάντας περιγράφον τοὺς αἰῶνας καὶ τὴν ὑπεράπειρον καὶ ἀπειράκις ἀπείρως προϋπάρχουσαν τῶν αἰώνων μεγάλην τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλὴν ἐκφαῖνον μυστήριον, ἧς γέγονεν ἄγγελος αὐτὸς ὁ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος καὶ αὐτόν, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν, τὸν ἐνδότατον πυθμένα τῆς πατρικῆς ἀγαθότητος φανερὸν καταστήσας καὶ τὸ τέλος ἐν ἑαυτῷ δείξας, δι᾽ ὃ τὴν πρὸς τὸ εἶναι σαφῶς ἀρχὴν ἔλαβον τὰ πεποιημένα. Διὰ γὰρ τὸν Χριστόν, ἤγουν τὸ κατὰ Χριστὸν μυστήριον, πάντες οἱ αἰῶνες καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς αἰῶσιν ἐν Χριστῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τὸ τέλος εἰλήφασιν. Ἕνωσις γὰρ προεπενοήθη τῶν αἰώνων ὅρου καὶ ἀοριστίας(1), καὶ μέτρου καὶ ἀμετρίας, καὶ πέρατος καὶ ἀπειρίας, καὶ κτίστου καὶ κτίσεως, καὶ στάσεως ( καὶ κινήσεως·
English
For it was fitting for the Maker of all things, who by nature became by economy what he was not, to preserve unchangeably both himself, what he was by nature, and what he had become by nature by economy. For change is not naturally contemplated in God, for whom no motion whatsoever is conceived, in relation to which movement belongs to things that are moved. This is the great and hidden mystery. This is the blessed end for the sake of which all things came together. This is the divine purpose of the beginning of beings, conceived beforehand, which, when we define it, we say is the end conceived beforehand, for the sake of which all things exist, but which itself exists for the sake of nothing; looking toward this end, God brought forth the essences of beings. This is properly the limit of providence and of things provided for, according to which there is a recapitulation of the things made by him into God. This is what circumscribes all the ages and reveals the great counsel of God that pre-exists beyond every limit and infinitely beyond the ages, the mystery of which the very Word of God according to essence became the messenger, having become man and having made manifest, if it is lawful to say so, the innermost depth itself of the Father's goodness, and having shown in himself the end for the sake of which the things made clearly received their beginning of existence. For through Christ, that is, through the mystery according to Christ, all the ages and the things in the ages themselves have received in Christ the beginning of their existence and their end. For there was conceived beforehand a union of the limit of the ages and of indefiniteness, and of measure and of measurelessness, and of boundary and of infinity, and of Creator and of creation, and of rest and of motion.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:378 · narrative
Source
ἥτις ἐν Χριστῷ ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων τῶν χρόνων φανερωθεῖσα γέγονεν, πλήρωσιν δοῦσα τῇ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς, ἵνα περὶ τὸ πάντῃ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἀκίνητον στῇ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν κινούμενα, τῆς πρός τε ἑαυτὰ καὶ πρὸς ἄλληλα παντελῶς ἐκβεβηκότα κινήσεως, καὶ λάβῃ τῇ πείρᾳ τὴν κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσιν τοῦ ἐν ᾧ στῆναι κατηξιώθησαν ἀναλλοίωτον καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχουσαν τὴν τοῦ γνωσθέντος αὐτοῖς παρεχομένην ἀπόλαυσιν. Διττὴν γὰρ οἶδε τὴν τῶν θείων γνῶσιν ὁ λόγος(2)· τὴν μὲν σχετικήν, ὡς ἐν λόγῳ μόνῳ κειμένην καὶ νοήμασιν, καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ γνωσθέντος διὰ πείρας οὐκ ἔχουσαν αἴσθησιν, δι᾽ ἦς κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν οἰκονομούμεθα, τὴν δὲ κυρίως ἀληθινὴν ἐν μόνῃ τῇ πείρᾳ κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν δίχα λόγου καὶ νοημάτων ὅλην τοῦ γνωσθέντος κατὰ χάριν μεθέξει παρεχομένην τὴν αἴσθησιν, δι᾽ ἦς κατὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν λῆξιν τὴν ὑπὲρ φύσιν ὑποδεχόμεθα θέωσιν ἀπαύστως ἐνεργουμένην. Καὶ τὴν μὲν σχετικήν, ὡς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένην καὶ τοῖς νοήμασι, κινητικὴν εἶναί φασι τῆς πρὸς τὴν μεθέξει κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσιν ἐφέσεως(3), τὴν δὲ κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν διὰ τῆς πείρας μεθέξει παρεχομένην τοῦ γνωσθέντος τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀφαιρετικὴν εἶναι τῆς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένης καὶ νοήμασι γνώσεως.
English
which was revealed in Christ in the last times, giving fulfillment to God's foreknowledge through itself, so that things moved according to nature might stand firm around that which is in every way immovable according to essence, having wholly departed from motion toward themselves and toward one another, and might receive by experience the knowledge according to activity of that in which they were deemed worthy to stand, unchangeable and ever the same, providing the enjoyment of what is known to them. For the word knows a twofold knowledge of divine things: the one relative, as lying in reason alone and in concepts, and not having the perception according to the activity of what is known through experience, by which we are governed in the present life; and the other properly true, in experience alone according to activity, without reason and concepts, wholly providing the perception of what is known by participation according to grace, by which in the future end we receive the deification beyond nature, ceaselessly active. And they say that the relative knowledge, as lying in reason and concepts, is motive of the desire for the knowledge by participation according to activity, while the knowledge according to activity, providing through experience by participation the perception of what is known, is destructive of the knowledge lying in reason and concepts.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:379 · narrative
Source
Ἀμήχανον γὰρ εἶναί φασιν οἱ σοφοὶ συνυπάρχειν τῇ πείρᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν περὶ Θεοῦ λόγον, ἢ τῇ αἰσθήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ νόησιν. Λόγον δὲ περὶ Θεοῦ φημὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἀναλογίαν τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ γνωστικῆς θεωρίας, αἴσθησιν δὲ τὴν ἐν τῇ μεθέξει πεῖραν τῶν ὑπὲρ φύσιν ἀγαθῶν(4), νόησιν δὲ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων περὶ αὐτοῦ ἁπλῆν καὶ ἑνιαίαν γνῶσιν. Τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου παντὸς τοῦτο γνωρίζεται, εἴπερ ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ πράγματος πεῖρα τὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ καταπαύει λόγον καὶ ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ πράγματος αἴσθησις τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ σχολάζουσαν ἐργάζεται ( νόησιν. Πεῖραν δὲ λέγω αὐτὴν τὴν κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσιν τὴν μετὰ πάντα λόγον ἐπιγινομένην, αἴσθησιν δὲ αὐτὴν τοῦ γνωσθέντος τὴν μέθεξιν τὴν μετὰ πᾶσαν νόησιν ἐκφαινομένην. Καὶ τοῦτο τυχὸν μυστικῶς διδάσκων ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολός φησιν· εἴτε προφητεῖαι, παύσονται, εἴτε γνώσεις, καταργηθήσονται, περὶ τῆς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένης καὶ νοήμασι γνώσεως δηλονότι φάσκων. Τοῦτο τὸ μυστήριον προεγνώσθη πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων μόνῳ τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, τῷ μὲν κατ᾽ εὐδοκίαν, τῷ δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτουργίαν, τῷ δὲ κατὰ συνεργίαν· μία γὰρ ἡ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος γνῶσις, ὅτι καὶ μία οὐσία καὶ δύναμις. Οὐ γὰρ ἠγνόει τοῦ Υἱοῦ τὴν σάρκωσιν ὁ Πατὴρ ἢ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ὅτι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ Υἱῷ τὸ μυστήριον αὐτουργοῦντι τῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας διὰ σαρκώσεως ὅλος κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὁ Πατήρ, οὐ σαρκούμενος ἀλλ᾽ εὐδοκῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τὴν σάρκωσιν, καὶ ὅλον ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ Υἱῷ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὑπῆρχεν, οὐ σαρκούμενον ἀλλὰ συνεργοῦν τῷ Υἱῷ τὴν δι᾽ ἡμᾶς ἀπόρρητον σάρκωσιν.
English
The wise say that it is impossible for the word about God to coexist with the experience of God, or for the understanding of God to coexist with the perception of God. By "word about God" I mean the analogy drawn from created things for the contemplative knowledge of him; by "perception," the experience of the goods beyond nature that comes through participation; and by "understanding," the simple and unified knowledge of him derived from created things. Perhaps this is recognized in the case of every other thing as well, if indeed the experience of a thing puts an end to the word about it, and the perception of a thing renders idle the understanding about it. By "experience" I mean the knowledge that comes through activity itself, which arises after every word; and by "perception," the participation in the thing known, which shines forth after every act of understanding. Perhaps it is this that the great apostle mystically teaches when he says: "Whether prophecies, they shall cease; whether knowledge, it shall be done away with"—clearly speaking of the knowledge that consists in words and concepts. This mystery was foreknown before all the ages by the Father alone, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit: by the one according to good pleasure, by the other according to direct operation, and by the other according to cooperation. For the knowledge of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit is one, since their essence and power are also one. For the Father did not fail to know the incarnation of the Son, nor did the Holy Spirit, because in the whole Son, who directly accomplishes the mystery of our salvation through incarnation, the whole Father was present according to essence—not becoming incarnate, but approving the incarnation of the Son—and the whole Holy Spirit was present in the whole Son according to essence—not becoming incarnate, but cooperating with the Son in the ineffable incarnation for our sake.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:380 · narrative
Source
Εἴτε οὖν Χριστὸν εἴποι τις εἴτε μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτου τὴν πρόγνωσιν μόνη κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἔχει ἡ ἁγία Τριάς, Πατὴρ καὶ Υἱὸς καὶ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον. Καὶ μηδεὶς διαπορήσῃ πῶς ὁ Χριστός, εἷς ὢν τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος, ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς προγινώσκεται, γινώσκων ὅτι οὐχ ὡς Θεὸς ὁ Χριστὸς προεγνώσθη, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἤγουν ἡ κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον σάρκωσις. Τὸ γὰρ ἀεὶ ὂν ἐκ τοῦ ἀεὶ ὄντος ὑπὲρ αἰτίαν καὶ λόγον οὐδέποτε προγινώσκεται· ἡ γὰρ πρόγνωσις τῶν ἀρχὴν ( ἐχόντων τοῦ εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίαν ἐστίν. Προεγνώσθη οὖν ὁ Χριστὸς οὐχ ὅπερ ἦν κατὰ φύσιν δι᾽ ἑαυτόν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπερ ἐφάνη κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν δι᾽ ἡμᾶς γενόμενος ὕστερον. Ἔδει γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸν κατὰ φύσιν τῆς τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας δημιουργὸν καὶ τῆς κατὰ χάριν αὐτουργὸν γενέσθαι τῶν γεγονότων θεώσεως, ἵνα ὁ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι δοτὴρ φανῇ καὶ τοῦ ἀεὶ εὖ εἶναι χαριστικός. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἑαυτὸ τὸ παράπαν ἢ ἄλλο γινώσκει ὅ,τι ποτὲ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἐστίν, εἰκότως οὐδὲ τῶν γενησομένων οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἔχει κατὰ φύσιν τὴν πρόγνωσιν, πλὴν τοῦ ὑπὲρ τὰ ὄντα Θεοῦ, τοῦ καὶ ἑαυτὸν γινώσκοντος ὅ,τι ποτὲ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἐστὶ καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένων καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι προεγνωκότος τὴν ὕπαρξιν, καὶ μέλλοντος κατὰ χάριν φιλοτιμεῖσθαι τοῖς οὖσι τὴν ἑαυτῶν καὶ ἀλλήλων ὅ,τι ποτὲ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὑπάρχουσι γνῶσιν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ μονοειδῶς προόντας τῆς αὐτῶν γενέσεως φανερῶσαι λόγους.
English
Whether, then, one speaks of Christ or of the mystery of Christ, the foreknowledge of this belongs by essence to the Holy Trinity alone: Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. And let no one be perplexed as to how Christ, being one of the Holy Trinity, is foreknown by it, knowing that Christ was not foreknown as God, but as man—that is, the incarnation according to his economy for the sake of man. For that which always exists from that which always exists, beyond cause and reason, is never foreknown; for foreknowledge belongs to things that have a beginning of their existence through a cause. Christ, then, was foreknown not as what he was by nature for his own sake, but as what he appeared to be according to the economy, having become so later for our sake. For it was truly necessary that the Creator by nature of the substance of beings should also become the author by grace of the deification of created things, so that the giver of well-being might be shown to be also the bestower of always well-being. Since, then, none of beings knows either itself or another at all—what it ever is by essence—it is fitting that none of beings has by nature the foreknowledge of any of those that will come to be, except the God who is beyond beings, who knows both himself—what he ever is by essence—and the existence of all things made by him before they came to be, and who is going to grant by grace to beings the knowledge of themselves and of one another—what they are by essence—and to manifest the principles of their generation, which pre-exist in him in a single form.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:381 · narrative
Source
Τὸ γὰρ δὴ λέγειν τινὰς προεγνῶσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου ἐκείνοις, οἷς ὕστερον ἐφανερώθη ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων τῶν χρόνων, ὡς αὐτῶν ἐκείνων πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου ὄντων σὺν τῷ προεγνωσμένῳ Χριστῷ, ὡς τῆς ἀληθείας ἀλλότριον ὄντα τὸν λόγον, οἷα δὴ συναΐδιον τῷ Θεῷ τὴν τῶν λογικῶν οὐσίαν εἰσάγοντα, παραγραφόμεθα. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι παντελῶς σὺν Χριστῷ γενέσθαι καθώς ἐστι καὶ πάλιν αὐτοῦ τὸ σύνολον ἀπογενέσθαι ποτέ, εἴπερ ἐν αὐτῷ πέφυκεν ἡ τῶν αἰώνων ἀποπεράτωσις γίνεσθαι καὶ ἡ στάσις τῶν κινουμένων, καθ᾽ ἣν οὐδὲν ἔσται τὸ παράπαν τῶν ὄντων τρεπόμενον. Ἄμωμον δὲ καὶ ἄσπιλον ὁ τῆς Γραφῆς τὸν Χριστὸν ἔφη λόγος, ὡς κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα φύσει παντελῶς τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν φθορᾶς ἀλλότριον· οὐ γὰρ ἔσχεν αὐτοῦ μῶμον κακίας ἡ ψυχή, οὐδὲ τὸ σῶμα σπίλον τῆς ἁμαρτίας. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ὅρος μέν ἔστι περιοχῆς, πέρας τῶν φύσει πεπερασμένων· τό δέ μέτρον, καθόλου ποσότητος περιγραφή, καί τέλος αἰώνων τε καί χρονικῶν φύσεων. Τό δέ πέρας ἐστί, περιγραφή τῶν ἀρχῇ τε καί τέλει κατά γένεσιν πεπερασμένων. Ἡ δέ κτίσις ἐστί, τῶν κατά παραγωγήν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ὑπόστασις. Τούτων ἕνωσις καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν προεπενοήθη φησί κατά πρόνοιαν πρός τόν ἐξ οὗ ταῦτα γεγόνασιν. Ἵνα καί τό εἶναι τῶν ὄντων φυλαχθῇ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὡς πέφυκε· καί τό ὑποστῆναι, ἤγουν πῶς εἶναι κατά χάριν δέξηται θείαν, τῇ πρός τόν Θεόν ἑνώσει πάντων πρός ἀτρεψίαν μεταποιηθέντων.
English
For the statement that certain people were foreknown as Christ before the foundation of the world—namely those to whom he was later revealed in the last times, as though they themselves were with the foreknown Christ before the foundation of the world—we reject as alien to the truth, since it introduces the essence of rational beings as co-eternal with God. For it is not possible at all to come to be with Christ in the way he is, and then again to be wholly separated from him at some point, if indeed in him the consummation of the ages naturally takes place, and the rest of things that are moved, by which nothing at all of existing things will be subject to change. But the word of Scripture called Christ blameless and spotless, as being by nature wholly alien to the corruption that comes from sin, in both soul and body; for his soul had no blemish of evil, nor did his body have a stain of sin. Scholia 1. A boundary is a limit, the end of things naturally limited; but a measure is altogether a circumscription of quantity, and the end of ages and of temporal natures. And the end is a circumscription of things limited by beginning and end in generation. And creation is the subsistence of things brought forth out of non-being. The union of these in hypostasis, he says, was foreordained by providence in relation to him from whom these things came to be. So that both the being of existing things might be preserved in essence as is natural, and their subsisting—that is, how they might receive being by divine grace—when all things, through union with God, have been transformed toward immutability.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:382 · narrative
Source
2. Διττήν εἶναι λέγει τήν γνῶσιν· τήν μέν ἐν λόγῳ κειμένην καί θείοις νοήμασι, κατ᾿ εἶδος παροῦσαν τήν αἴσθησιν τῶν νοηθέντων οὐκ ἔχουσαν· τήν δέ, κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν, μόνην ἔχουσαν δίχα λόγου καί νοημάτων τῶν ἀληθῶν τήν κατ᾿ εἶδος ἀπόλαυσιν. 3. Ἐπειδή, φησί, διά γνώσεως ὁ λόγος τό γνωστόν πέφυκεν ὑποσημαίνειν, κινεῖ τήν ἔφεσιν τῶν δι᾿ αὐτοῦ κινουμένων, πρός τήν τοῦ σημανθέντος ἀπόλαυσιν. 4. Πρό πάσης πείρας, φησί, λόγος ὑπάρχει γνώσεως· ὅτι κατά τήν πεῖραν μόνην πέφυκε δυναστεύειν ἀπόλαυσις. ΞΑ (61). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΟΤΙ ΚΑΙΡΟΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΡΞΑΣΘΑΙ ΤΟ ΚΡΙΜΑ ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΟΙΚΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΘΕΟΥ". ( 61. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΞΑ' Ὅτι καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ Εὐαγγελίῳ; Καὶ εἰ ὁ μὲν δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται; Τί ἐστι τὸ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
2. He says that knowledge is twofold: the one consists in reason and divine concepts, present in the form of species, but not having the perception of the things conceived; the other is according to activity, having only the enjoyment in the form of species, without reason and true concepts. 3. Since, he says, reason naturally signifies the knowable through knowledge, it moves the desire of those moved by it toward the enjoyment of what is signified. 4. Before all experience, he says, there exists the reason of knowledge; because enjoyment naturally prevails through experience alone. 61. CONCERNING "THAT IT IS TIME FOR THE JUDGMENT TO BEGIN FROM THE HOUSE OF GOD." (61. QUESTION 61: That it is time for the judgment to begin from the house of God. But if first from us, what is the end of those who disobey the Gospel of God? And if the righteous man is scarcely saved, where will the impious and sinful man appear? What is "it is time for the judgment to begin from the house of God," and "if the righteous man is scarcely saved"? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:383 · narrative
Source
Ὁ τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων δημιουργήσας Θεὸς οὐ συνέκτισεν αὐτῇ κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν οὔτε ἡδονὴν οὔτε ὀδύνην(1), ἀλλὰ δύναμίν τινα κατὰ νοῦν αὐτῇ πρὸς ἡδονήν, καθ᾽ ἣν ἀρρήτως ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῦ δυνήσεται, ἐνετεκτήνατο. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν δύναμινλέγω δὲ τὴν κατὰ φύσιν τοῦ νοῦ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἔφεσινἅμα τῷ γενέσθαι τῇ αἰσθήσει δοὺς ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν πρώτην κίνησιν διὰ μέσης τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἔσχε παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεργουμένην τὴν ἡδονήν· ᾗτινι κατὰ πρόνοιαν ὁ τῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας κηδόμενος(2) παρέπηξεν, ὥσπερ τινὰ τιμωρὸν δύναμιν, τὴν ὀδύνην, καθ᾽ ἣν ὁ τοῦ θανάτου μετὰ σοφίας ἐνερριζώθη τῇ τοῦ σώματος φύσει νόμος, περιορίζων τῆς τοῦ νοῦ μανίας παρὰ φύσιν ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ κινουμένην τὴν ἔφεσιν. Ἐντεῦθεν διὰ τὴν ἐπεισελθοῦσαν τῇ φύσει παράλογον ἡδονὴν ἡ κατὰ λόγον ἀντεπεισῆλθεν ὀδύνη, διὰ πολλῶν παθημάτων, ( ἐν οἷς καὶ ἐξ ὧν ὁ θάνατος, ποιουμένη τῆς παρὰ φύσιν ἡδονῆς τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν(3), οὐ μὴν δὲ καὶ τελείαν ἀναίρεσιν, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς θείας ἡδονῆς ἀναδείκνυσθαι πέφυκε χάρις. Πᾶς γὰρ πόνος, ὡς αἰτίαν τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως ἔχων κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν προηγουμένην τὴν ἡδονήν, χρέος ἐστὶ δηλαδὴ φυσικῶς κατ᾽ αἰτίαν παρὰ πάντων τῶν μετειληφότων τῆς φύσεως ἐκτιννύμενον. Τῇ γὰρ παρὰ φύσιν ἡδονῇ πάντως παρέπεται φυσικῶς ὁ πόνος ἐν πᾶσιν, ὧν ὁ τῆς ἡδονῆς νόμος ἀναιτίως προκαθηγήσατο τῆς γενέσεως· ἀναίτιον δέ φημι τὴν ἐκ τῆς παραβάσεως ἡδονήν, ὡς μὴ γενομένην δηλονότι προλαβόντος πόνου διάδοχον.
English
God, who created human nature, did not co-create with it, in the sense of sensation, either pleasure or pain, but implanted in it a certain power in the mind directed toward pleasure, by which it will be able to enjoy him ineffably. But this power—I mean the natural longing of the mind toward God—the first man, having given it over to sensation as soon as he came into being, experienced pleasure contrary to nature, activated through the medium of sensation at the very first movement toward sensible things. And to this pleasure, by providence, the one who cares for our salvation fixed pain as a kind of punitive power, by which the law of death was wisely rooted in the nature of the body, restraining the mind's longing when it moves contrary to nature toward sensible things. From this, because of the irrational pleasure that entered into nature, pain according to reason entered in its place, effecting the removal of the pleasure contrary to nature through many sufferings (in which and from which is death), yet not also a complete destruction, by which the grace of divine pleasure according to the mind naturally shines forth. For every pain, having as its cause of its own origin the pleasure that preceded it in activity, is a debt naturally owed, by reason of cause, by all who have partaken of nature. For pain naturally and in every case accompanies pleasure contrary to nature, in all those whose generation the law of pleasure led the way for without cause; and I call "without cause" the pleasure that comes from transgression, since it clearly did not become the successor of a preceding pain.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:384 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ τὴν παράβασιν πάντες ἄνθρωποι τὴν ἡδονὴν εἶχον τῆς ἰδίας φυσικῶς προκαθηγουμένην γενέσεως, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἦν τὸ σύνολον ὁ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἐμπαθοῦς γενέσεως φυσικῶς ὑπάρχων ἐλεύθερος, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς χρέος πάντες φυσικὸν ἀποδιδόντες τοὺς πόνους καὶ τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὑπέμενον θάνατον(4), καὶ ἦν ἄπορος παντάπασιν ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τρόπος τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ἀδίκου τυραννουμένοις ἡδονῆς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν δικαίων πόνων καὶ τοῦ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς δικαιοτάτου θανάτου φυσικῶς ἐνεχομένοις, ἔδει δὲ πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν μὲν τῆς ἀδικωτάτης ἡδονῆς καὶ τῶν δι᾽ αὐτὴν δικαιοτάτων πόνων, ὑφ᾽ ὧν ἐλεεινῶς διεσπᾶτο πάσχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ φθορᾶς, τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονήν, ἔχων τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς γενέσεως καὶ εἰς φθοράν, τὴν διὰ θανάτου, τὸ τῆς ζωῆς καταλήγων τέλος, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἐπανόρθωσιν τῆς παθούσης φύσεως ἐπινοηθῆναι πόνον καὶ θάνατον ἄδικον ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀναίτιον (ἀναίτιον μέν, ὡς οὐδαμῶς προλαβοῦσαν ἡδονὴν ἐσχηκότα κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν, ἄδικον δέ, ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς τὸ παράπαν ἐμπαθοῦς ζωῆς ὄντα διάδοχον) ἵνα, μέσος διαληφθεὶς ἡδονῆς ἀδίκου καὶ πόνου καὶ θανάτου δικαιοτάτου(5), πόνος καὶ θάνατος ἀδικώτατος ἀνέλῃ διόλου τὴν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἀδικωτάτην ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ ( δι᾽ αὐτὴν διὰ θανάτου δικαιότατον τέλος τῆς φύσεως, καὶ γένηται πάλιν ἡδονῆς καὶ ὀδύνης ἐλεύθερον τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐκληρίαν ἀπολαβούσης τῆς φύσεως, μηδενὶ τῶν ἐμπεφυκότων τοῖς ὑπὸ γένεσιν καὶ φθορὰν γνωρισμάτων μολυνομένην.
English
Therefore, since after the transgression all human beings had pleasure naturally preceding their own generation, and there was absolutely no one who was naturally free from passionate generation according to pleasure, but all, as it were paying a natural debt, endured labors and the death that follows them, and the way of freedom was entirely without resource for those tyrannized by unjust pleasure and naturally held fast by just labors and the most just death that follows them—and it was necessary, for the abolition of the most unjust pleasure and of the most just labors that came about because of it, by which man, suffering, was piteously torn apart, having the beginning of his generation from corruption according to pleasure and ending the goal of life in corruption through death, and for the correction of the suffering nature, that a labor and a death be devised, at once unjust and without cause (without cause, as having in no way had pleasure preceding at his generation; unjust, as being the successor of no passionate life at all)—so that, placed in the middle between unjust pleasure and most just labor and death, a most unjust labor and death might utterly abolish the most unjust beginning from pleasure and the most just end of nature through death that came about because of it, and the race of human beings might again become free from pleasure and pain, nature recovering its original well-being, defiled by none of the marks implanted in things under generation and corruption.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:385 · narrative
Source
Διὰ τοῦτο, Θεὸς ὑπάρχων τέλειος κατὰ φύσιν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος γίνεται τέλειος ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ ψυχῆς νοερᾶς καὶ σώματος παθητοῦ κατὰ φύσιν(6) παραπλησίως ἡμῖν χωρὶς μόνης ἁμαρτίας συνεστώς, τὴν μὲν ἐκ τῆς παρακοῆς ἡδονὴν οὐδαμῶς τὸ σύνολον ἐσχηκὼς προηγουμένην αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐκ γυναικὸς ἐν χρόνῳ γεννήσεως, τὴν δὲ δι᾽ αὐτὴν ὀδύνην, ὑπάρχουσαν τέλος τῆς φύσεως, διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν κατὰ θέλησιν προσηκάμενος, ἵνα, πάσχων ἀδίκως, ἀνέλῃ τὴν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἀδίκου τυραννοῦσαν τὴν φύσιν ἀρχὴν τῆς γενέσεως, οὐκ ἔχουσαν ὡς χρέος ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἐκτιννύμενον, κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου τὸν θάνατον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον κατ᾽ αὐτῆς προβεβλημένον, καὶ τὸ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου δίκαιον τέλος ἐξαφανίσῃ τῆς φύσεως, οὐκ ἔχον τήν, δι᾽ ἣν ἐπεισῆλθεν(7) καὶ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ δικαίως τιμωρουμένην, ὡς αἰτίαν τοῦ εἶναι, παράνομον ἡδονήν. Ἔδει γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἔδει σοφὸν καὶ δίκαιον καὶ δυνατὸν ὄντα κατὰ φύσιν τὸν Κύριον, ὡς μὲν σοφόν, μὴ ἀγνοῆσαι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἰατρείας, ὡς δίκαιον δέ, μὴ τυραννικὴν ποιήσασθαι τοῦ κατειλημμένου κατὰ γνώμην ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀνθρώπου τὴν σωτηρίαν, ὡς δὲ πάντα δυνάμενον, μὴ ἀτονῆσαι πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἰατρείας ἐκπλήρωσιν.
English
For this reason, the Word of God, being perfect God by nature, becomes a perfect human being, composed of a rational soul and a body naturally passible, in a manner similar to us, apart from sin alone; he in no way at all had the pleasure that comes from disobedience preceding his birth from a woman in time, but for the sake of love for humanity he willingly accepted the pain that comes through it, which is the end of nature, so that by suffering unjustly he might abolish the beginning of generation that tyrannizes nature—the beginning that comes from unjust pleasure—since it did not have, as a debt owed on its behalf, the Lord's death paid out, as in the case of other human beings, but rather set forth against it, and so that he might make disappear the just end of nature that comes through death, since it did not have the lawless pleasure for whose sake it entered in and by which it was justly punished, as the cause of its existence. For it was truly necessary, it was necessary that the Lord, being wise and just and powerful by nature—as wise, not be ignorant of the manner of healing; as just, not accomplish the salvation of the human being held captive in his will by sin in a tyrannical way; and as able to do all things, not grow weak in fulfilling the healing.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:386 · narrative
Source
Φανερὸν οὖν ἐποίησε τὸν μὲν τῆς σοφίας λόγον ἐν τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἰατρείας, χωρὶς τροπῆς καὶ τῆς οἱασοῦν ἀλλοιώσεως γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος· τὴν ἰσότητα δὲ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν τῷ μεγέθει τῆς συγκαταβάσεως ἔδειξεν, τὸ ἐν τῷ παθητῷ κατάκριμα τῆς φύσεως κατὰ θέλησιν ὑποδὺς κἀκεῖνο ποιήσας ὅπλον πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσιν καὶ τοῦ δι᾽ αὐτὴν θανάτου, τουτέστι τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῆς δι᾽ αὐτὴν ὀδύνης, ἐν ᾧ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὑπῆρχε καὶ τοῦ θανάτου τὸ κράτος(8) καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ( τῆς ἁμαρτίας τυραννὶς καὶ ἡ δι᾽ αὐτὴν κατὰ τὴν ὀδύνην τοῦ θανάτου δυναστείαἐν γὰρ τῷ παθητῷ προδήλως ὑπάρχει τῆς φύσεως τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς κράτος καὶ τὸ τῆς ὀδύνης· θέλοντες γὰρ ἐκφυγεῖν τὴν κατὰ τὴν ὀδύνην ἐπίπονον αἴσθησιν(9) πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν καταφεύγομεν, τῷ τῆς ὀδύνης αἰκισμῷ πιεζομένην τὴν φύσιν ἐπιχειροῦντες παραμυθεῖσθαι· σπεύδοντες δὲ διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς τὰ τῆς ὀδύνης ἀμβλῦναι κινήματα, πλέον αὐτῆς τὸ καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐπικυροῦμεν χειρόγραφον, ὀδύνης καὶ πόνων ἀπολελυμένην ἔχειν τὴν ἡδονὴν οὐ δυνάμενοι. Τὴν δὲ τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεως ἰσχὺν(10) δήλην κατέστησεν, τῶν οἷς αὐτὸς ἔπασχεν ἐναντίων ὑποστήσας τῇ φύσει τὴν γένεσιν ἄτρεπτον· διὰ πάθους γὰρ τὴν ἀπάθειαν καὶ διὰ πόνων τὴν ἄνεσιν καὶ διὰ θανάτου τὴν ἀΐδιον ζωὴν τῇ φύσει δούς, πάλιν ἀποκατέστησεν, ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ κατὰ σάρκα στερήσεσι τὰς ἕξεις ἀνακαινίσας τῆς φύσεως καὶ διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκώσεως τὴν ὑπὲρ φύσιν χάριν δωρησάμενος τῇ φύσει, τὴν θέωσιν.
English
He therefore made the word of wisdom manifest in the manner of his healing, becoming human without any turning or alteration whatsoever; and he showed the equality of justice in the greatness of his condescension, willingly submitting to the condemnation that lies in the passible nature, and making that very thing a weapon for the destruction of sin and of the death that comes through it—that is, of pleasure and the pain that comes through it—in which lay the power of sin and death, and the tyranny of sin in pleasure and the dominion of death in the pain that comes through it. For in the passible nature the power of pleasure and of pain is plainly present; for when we wish to escape the painful sensation of pain, we flee for refuge to pleasure, attempting to comfort the nature that is pressed by the torment of pain; and in our haste to dull the motions of pain through pleasure, we ratify all the more our own bond against ourselves, being unable to have pleasure free of pain and toil. But he made the strength of his surpassing power evident by establishing in the nature, without change, the generation of things contrary to those he himself suffered; for through suffering he gave impassibility to the nature, and through toils release, and through death eternal life, and restored it again, renewing the states of the nature by his own privations according to the flesh, and through his own incarnation granting to the nature the grace that surpasses nature—deification.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:387 · narrative
Source
Γέγονεν οὖν ὁ Θεὸς κατ᾽ ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπος καὶ δέδωκεν ἄλλην ἀρχὴν τῇ φύσει δευτέρας γενέσεως, διὰ πόνου πρὸς ἡδονὴν μελλούσης ζωῆς καταλήγουσαν. Ὡς γὰρ Ἀδὰμ ὁ προπάτωρ, τὴν θείαν ἐντολὴν παραβάς, ἄλλην ἀρχὴν γενέσεως, ἐξ ἡδονῆς μὲν συνισταμένην, εἰς δὲ τὸν διὰ πόνου θάνατον τελευτῶσαν, τῇ φύσει παρὰ τὴν πρώτην παρεισήγαγε καί, ἐπινοήσας κατὰ τὴν συμβουλὴν τοῦ ὅφεως ἡδονὴν οὐκ οὖσαν προλαβόντος πόνου διάδοχον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς πόνον περαιουμένην, πάντας τοὺς ἐξ αὐτοῦ σαρκὶ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν γεννωμένους διὰ τὴν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἄδικον ἀρχὴν εἶχε συνυπαγομένους αὐτῷ δικαίως πρὸς τὸ διὰ πόνου κατὰ τὸν θάνατον τέλος, οὕτως καὶ ὁ Κύριος, γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἄλλην ἀρχὴν δευτέρας γενέσεως ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου τῇ φύσει δημιουργήσας καὶ τὸν διὰ πόνου τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ( δικαιότατον καταδεξάμενος θάνατον, ἐν αὐτῷ δηλαδὴ γενόμενον ἀδικώτατον, ὡς οὐκ ἔχοντα τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐκ παρακοῆς ἀδικωτάτην τοῦ προπάτορος ἡδονήν, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἄκρων, ἀρχῆς τε λέγω καὶ τέλους, τῆς κατὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἀνθρωπίνης γενέσεως, οἷα δὴ προηγουμένως οὐκ ὄντων ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ἀναίρεσιν ἐποιήσατο καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐξ αὐτοῦ Πνεύματι μυστικῶς ἀναγεννωμένους τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐνοχῆς ἐλευθέρους κατέστησεν, ἔχοντας μὲν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ(11) οὐκέτι τὴν ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἡδονὴν τῆς γενέσεως, μόνην δὲ τὴν διὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ὀδύνην ἐνεργοῦσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατὰ χρέος ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας, ἀλλὰ κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν, διὰ τὴν κατὰ φύσιν περίστασιν κατὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τὸν θάνατον·
English
God has therefore truly become man and has given to nature another beginning of a second birth, one that through toil leads to the pleasure of the life to come. For just as Adam, the first father, by transgressing the divine commandment, introduced into nature, contrary to the first beginning, another beginning of generation—one constituted from pleasure but ending in death through toil—and, having devised, according to the counsel of the serpent, a pleasure that was not the successor of preceding toil but rather issued in toil, he justly held all those born of him in the flesh according to his likeness jointly subject with him, because of that unjust beginning from pleasure, to the end that comes through toil in death—so too the Lord, having become man and having created in nature another beginning of a second birth from the Holy Spirit, and having accepted the death of Adam that comes through toil—that death which was most just, yet in him became most unjust, since it did not have as the beginning of its own generation the most unjust pleasure of the first father that came from disobedience—made the abolition of both extremes, I mean the beginning and the end of human generation according to Adam, inasmuch as they did not primarily come from God; and he set free from the guilt upon them all those who are mystically reborn of him in the Spirit, having no longer Adam's pleasure of generation, but only the pain that works in them on account of Adam—not as a debt for sin, but by economy, for the natural struggle against sin, namely death.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:388 · narrative
Source
ὅς, ὁπόταν μὴ ἔχῃ γεννῶσαν αὐτὸν μητέρα τήν, ἧς γίνεσθαι πέφυκε τιμωρός, ἡδονήν, ἀϊδίου ζωῆς προδήλως καθίσταται πατήρ. Ὡς γὰρ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἡ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ζωὴ θανάτου καὶ φθορᾶς γέγονε μήτηρ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ διὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ τοῦ Κυρίου θάνατος, ὑπάρχων τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐλεύθερος ἡδονῆς, ἀϊδίου γεννήτωρ γίνεται ζωῆς. Οὐκοῦν, ἐπειδή, καθὼς οἶμαι, καλῶς διεῖλεν ὁ λόγος πῶς μὲν ἡ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ γένεσις, τυραννοῦσα τὴν φύσιν, βορὰν τῷ δι᾽ αὐτὴν θανάτῳ παρέπεμπεν, πῶς δὲ πάλιν ἡ διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ Κυρίου γέννησις ἀμφοτέρων ἀναίρεσιν ἐποιήσατο, ἡδονῆς λέγω τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ καὶ θανάτου τοῦ διὰ τὸν Ἀδάμ, συνεξαφανίσασα τῇ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἁμαρτίᾳ τὸ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐπιτίμιονοὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν πρὸς φθορὰν ἁλῶναι διὰ θανάτου κατὰ τὸ τέλος(12) τὴν μηδαμῶς τῆς ἀρχῆς ἁψαμένην γένεσιν, δι᾽ ἧς ὑπέστη κατὰ τὸ τέλος ὁ θάνατος· ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα διεῖλεν, ὡς ἔφην, ἀλλήλων ὁ λόγος, ἕως ὅτε μόνα τὰ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ κατά τε τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ τέλος, φημὶ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν καὶ τὴν φθοράν, γνωρίσματα τυραννικῶς ἐκράτει τῆς φύσεως, οὐκ ἦν καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα πρὸς τελείαν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισιν·
English
He who, whenever he does not have as his mother the pleasure that gave birth to him—the pleasure of which he is by nature made the punisher—is plainly established as the father of eternal life. For just as Adam's life according to pleasure became the mother of death and corruption, so also the Lord's death for Adam's sake, being free from the pleasure that came from Adam, becomes the begetter of eternal life. Therefore, since—as I think—the account has well distinguished how the birth from Adam according to pleasure, tyrannizing over nature, sent it as food to the death that came about through it, and how again the Lord's birth in the flesh through love for humanity brought about the destruction of both—I mean the pleasure from Adam and the death for Adam's sake—having together with Adam's sin utterly abolished Adam's penalty; for it was not possible that the generation which had in no way touched the beginning should be captured by corruption through death at the end, through which death came to subsist at the end—since, as I said, the account distinguished these things from one another, as long as only the marks of Adam, both at the beginning and at the end—I mean those pertaining to generation and corruption—tyrannically held sway over nature, there was no time for the judgment to begin toward a complete condemnation of sin;
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:389 · narrative
Source
ὅτε δὲ διὰ σαρκὸς ἡμῖν ἐπεφάνη καὶ γέγονε ( τέλειος ἄνθρωπος χωρὶς μόνης ἁμαρτίας ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, μόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ φύσει κατὰ θέλησιν τὸ ἐπιτίμιον, καὶ κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, ἀνευθύνως πάσχων ὑπὲρ ἀδίκων ὁ δίκαιος, καὶ ἀντέστρεψε τὴν χρῆσιν τοῦ θανάτου, κατάκριμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτὸν ἀπεργασάμενος ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τῆς φύσεως, γέγονε καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα κατὰ τὴν ἀντιστροφὴν τοῦ θανάτου πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισιν. Οἷόν τι λέγω· τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἡ ἁμαρτία κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς δελεάσασα πρὸς παράβασιν ἐλθεῖν τῆς θείας παρέπεισεν ἐντολῆς, καθ᾽ ἥν, τὴν ἡδονὴν ὑποστήσασα καὶ ἑαυτὴν διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐν αὐτῷ καθηλώσασα τῷ πυθμένι τῆς φύσεως, τὸν θάνατον τῆς ὅλης κατέκρινε φύσεως, ὠθοῦσα πρὸς ἀπογένεσιν κατὰ τὸν θάνατον διὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου(13) τὴν φύσιν τῶν γεγονότων. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ μεμηχάνητο τῷ σπορεῖ τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ πατρὶ τῆς κακίας πονηρῷ διαβόλῳ, τῷ ἑαυτὸν μὲν ἐξ ὑπερηφανίας τῆς θείας ἐξοικίσαντι δόξης, διὰ φθόνον δέ, τόν τε πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸν Θεόν, τοῦ παραδείσου τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐξορίσαντι, ἀφανίσαι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ διαλῦσαι τὰ συνεστῶτα πρὸς γένεσιν· φθονεῖ γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἡμῖν ὁ μιαρώτατος τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν δόξης(14), ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ Θεῷ τῆς ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν διὰ τὴν σωτηρίαν πανυμνήτου δυνάμεως. Πάσης οὖν ἐκράτει δυναστεύων τῆς φύσεως ὁ διὰ τὴν παράβασιν θάνατος, τοῦ κράτους ἔχων ὑπόθεσιν τὴν ἐκ τῆς παρακοῆς ἄρξασαν τῆς κατὰ τὴν φύσιν ὅλης γενέσεως ἡδονήν, δι᾽ ἣν αὐτὸς ὁ θάνατος κατεκρίθη τῆς φύσεως.
English
But when the Word of God appeared to us through the flesh and became a perfect man, without sin alone, having in the flesh only the penalty of Adam by nature according to will, and condemned sin in the flesh, suffering blamelessly on behalf of the unjust, being just, and reversed the use of death, having made it a condemnation of sin but not of nature, there came a time for judgment to begin, according to the reversal of death toward the condemnation of sin. What I mean is this: sin, having at the beginning enticed Adam to come to transgression, persuaded him to disobey the divine commandment, by which, having subjected pleasure and nailed itself through pleasure in him to the very foundation of nature, it condemned the death of the whole nature, driving the nature of created things toward degeneration through man according to death. For this is what the sower of sin and evil father of wickedness, the devil, had contrived: he who had exiled himself from the divine glory through pride, and through envy—both toward us and toward God—had banished Adam from paradise, to destroy the works of God and to dissolve the things that had been constituted for generation. For the most defiled one envies not only us for the glory that comes from virtue toward God, but also God for the all-praised power that is on our behalf for salvation. Therefore death, which through transgression ruled as master over the whole nature, had as the basis of its dominion the pleasure that began from disobedience of the whole generation according to nature, on account of which death itself was condemned of nature.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:390 · narrative
Source
Ὁ δὲ Κύριος, γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος καὶ μὴ λαβὼν προκαθηγουμένην αὐτοῦ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα γεννήσεως τὴν ἄδικον ἡδονήν, δι᾽ ἣν ἡ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου κατὰ τῆς φύσεως ἐξηνέχθη δικαία κατάκρισις, αὐτὸν δὲ κατὰ φύσιν θέλων ἐν τῷ παθητῷ τῆς φύσεως καταδεξάμενος τὸν θάνατον, δηλονότι πάσχων, τὴν τοῦ θανάτου χρῆσιν ἀντέστρεψεν, οὐκ ὄντα λοιπὸν ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς φύσεως, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας προδήλως, ( κατάκρισιν· οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν εἶναι τὸν θάνατον ἐν τῷ μὴ τὴν γένεσιν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἐσχηκότι κατάκρισιν φύσεως, ἀλλὰ τῆς τοῦ προπάτορος ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσιν, δι᾽ ἣν ὁ τοῦ θανάτου φόβος ὅλης ἐκράτει τῆς φύσεως. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ὁ θάνατος τῆς φύσεως ὑπῆρχε κατάκρισις, ἀρχὴν ἐχούσης τὴν ἡδονὴν τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως, εἰκότως ὁ θάνατος ἐν Χριστῷ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισις γέγονεν, ἡδονῆς καθαρὰν ἐν Χριστῷ πάλιν τῆς φύσεως ἀπολαβούσης τὴν γένεσιν, ἵνα, ὥσπερ κατέκρινεν εἰς φθορὰν ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ κατὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τὴν φύσιν καὶ γέγονε καιρὸς τοῦ κατακρίνεσθαι θανάτῳ τὴν φύσιν διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, οὕτως ἐν Χριστῷ κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἡ φύσις διὰ τοῦ θανάτου κατακρίνῃ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ γένηται καιρὸς τοῦ κατακρίνεσθαι θανάτῳ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην, τῆς φύσεως ἐκδυσαμένης ἐν Χριστῷ παντελῶς τὴν ἐξ ἡδονῆς γένεσιν, καθ᾽ ἣν ἀναγκαίως τοῖς πᾶσιν ὡς χρέος ὁ τῆς κατακρίσεως
English
But the Lord, having become man and not having taken as preceding his birth according to the flesh the unjust pleasure through which the just condemnation against nature was brought about through death, but willing it by nature and accepting death in the passible aspect of nature—clearly suffering—he reversed the use of death, so that it was no longer in him a condemnation of nature, but plainly of sin. For it was not possible for death to be a condemnation of nature in the one who did not have his birth from pleasure, but rather the abolition of the forefather's sin, through which the fear of death held sway over the whole of nature. For if in Adam death was the condemnation of nature, since nature had pleasure as the beginning of its own birth, reasonably in Christ death has become the condemnation of sin, since nature in Christ again received a birth pure from pleasure, so that just as sin condemned nature to corruption in Adam through pleasure by means of death, and there came a time for nature to be condemned to death because of sin, so in Christ, through righteousness, nature might condemn sin through death, and there might come a time for sin to be condemned to death because of righteousness, since nature in Christ has completely stripped off the birth from pleasure, according to which of necessity, as a debt, the [condemnation]
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:391 · narrative
Source
παρείπετο θάνατος, ὥστε τὸν αὐτὸν θάνατον ἐν μὲν τῷ Ἀδὰμ διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν κατάκρισιν ὑπάρχειν τῆς φύσεως, ἐν δὲ τῷ Χριστῷ διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην κατάκρισιν ὑπάρχειν τῆς ἁμαρτίας· ὁ γὰρ πάσχων δι᾽ ἁμαρτίαν εἰς κατάκρισιν τῆς φύσεως δικαίως ὑπομένει τὸν θάνατον, ὁ δὲ μὴ πάσχων δι᾽ ἁμαρτίαν, ὡς χάριν μᾶλλον κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν τῇ φύσει διδούς, εἰς κατάκρισιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸν διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν εἰς τὴν αὐτῆς ἀναίρεσιν θέλων καταδέχεται θάνατον.
English
Death followed, so that the same death in Adam, because of sin, is a condemnation of nature, but in Christ, because of righteousness, is a condemnation of sin. For he who suffers because of sin justly endures death as a condemnation of nature, but he who does not suffer because of sin, as one rather giving grace to nature by economy, willingly accepts the death that came about because of sin, for the sake of its destruction, as a condemnation of sin.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:392 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν, ὥσπερ διὰ τὸν Ἀδάμ, τὸν ὑποστήσαντα διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τὸν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν τῆς γενέσεως νόμον καὶ τὸν δι᾽ αὐτὸν κατακριθέντα τῆς φύσεως θάνατον, πάντες οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ τὸ εἶναι λαβόντες κατὰ τὸν ἐξ ἡδονῆς τῆς γενέσεως νόμον εἶχον ἀναγκαίως, καὶ μὴ βουλόμενοι, συνεζευγμένον κατὰ δύναμιν τῇ ( γενέσει καὶ τὸν κατακριθέντα τῆς φύσεως θάνατον, καὶ ἦν καιρὸς τοῦ κατακρίνεσθαι τὴν φύσιν ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐκράτει τῆς φύσεως ὁ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν τῆς γενέσεως νόμος, οὕτως διὰ τὸν Χριστόν, τὸν παντελῶς ἀφελόμενον τῆς φύσεως τὸν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν τῆς γενέσεως νόμον καὶ τοῦ δι᾽ αὐτὸν κατακριθέντος τῆς φύσεως θανάτου τὴν χρῆσιν εἰς μόνην τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισιν βουλήσει καταδεξάμενον, πάντες οἱ ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ κατὰ θέλησιν Πνεύματι διὰ λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας ἀναγεννηθέντες καὶ τὴν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν προτέραν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ διὰ τῆς χάριτος ἀποθέμενοι γένεσιν καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι χάριν τῆς ἀναμαρτησίας καὶ τῆς ἐν Πνεύματι μυστικῆς υἱοθεσίας τὴν δύναμιν ἀμείωτόν τε καὶ ἄχραντον διὰ τοῦ νόμου τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν φυλάξαντες ἐντολῶν εἰκότως εἰς τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισιν ἔχουσι τὴν τοῦ θανάτου χρῆσιν ἐνεργουμένην, καιρὸν λαβόντες κατακρίνειν ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, γενικῶς μὲν κατὰ φύσιν χάριτι διὰ τὸ μέγα μυστήριον τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως(15) αὐτὸν τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Λόγου σαρκώσεως χρόνον, ἰδικῶς δὲ κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν χάριτι τὸν ἀφ᾽ οὗ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἔλαβεν ἕκαστος τὴν χάριν τῆς υἱοθεσίας·
English
Therefore, just as through Adam, who by his disobedience established the law of generation according to pleasure and the death of nature that was condemned because of him, all who received their being from Adam necessarily had, even against their will, the death of nature condemned because of him joined to generation according to its capacity, and there was a time for nature to be condemned by sin, insofar as the law of generation according to pleasure prevailed over nature—so likewise through Christ, who completely removed from nature the law of generation according to pleasure and by his will accepted the use of the death of nature condemned because of him for the sole condemnation of sin, all who have been reborn from Christ by will in the Spirit through the washing of regeneration and who by grace have put off the former generation of Adam according to pleasure, and who through the law of the evangelical commandments have kept undiminished and undefiled the grace of sinlessness in baptism and the power of mystical adoption in the Spirit, reasonably have the use of death operating in them for the condemnation of sin, having received a time to condemn sin in the flesh—generally, by nature through grace, because of the great mystery of the incarnation, from the time of the Word's becoming flesh; but specifically, by activity through grace, from the time when each person received through baptism the grace of adoption.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:393 · narrative
Source
καθ᾽ ἣν ἐνεργουμένην ταῖς ἐντολαῖς γνωμικῶς μόνην τὴν ἐν Πνεύματι γένεσιν ἔχοντες, διὰ πολλῶν παθημάτων εἰς κατάκρισιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὑπομένουσι τὴν τοῦ θανάτου χρῆσιν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγομένην. Οὐ γὰρ ἔτι δι᾽ ἁμαρτίαν ὁ βαπτισθεὶς καὶ φυλάξας τὸ βάπτισμα ταῖς ἐντολαῖς κρατυνόμενον ὡς χρέος ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας καταβάλλεται τὸν θάνατον, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς κατάκρισιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὴν αὐτοῦ καταδέχεται χρῆσιν, πρὸς τὴν θείαν καὶ ἀτελεύτητον ζωὴν μυστικῶς αὐτὸν παραπέμπουσαν, εἴπερ ἀληθείας ἕνεκεν καὶ δικαιοσύνης διὰ πολλῶν παθημάτων γενναίως τὸν τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς πεπληρώκασι δρόμον οἱ ἅγιοι, τῆς διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν κατακρίσεως τοῦ θανάτου τὴν φύσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐλευθερώσαντες καὶ τὸ πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν τῆς φύσεως ὅπλον τοῦ θανάτου ( πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατὰ τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς αὐτῶν σωτηρίας Ἰησοῦν ποιησάμενοι· εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἁμαρτία πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν φύσεως ὅπλον ἐν τοῖς αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐνεργοῦσιν εἶχεν τὸν θάνατον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς ἐνεργοῦσι τὴν διὰ πίστεως ἐν Χριστῷ δικαιοσύνην ὅπλον ἕξει τὸν θάνατον πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἡ φύσις.
English
according to which, being enacted in the commandments by deliberate choice, having only the generation in the Spirit, through many sufferings they endure the use of death brought upon them for the condemnation of sin. For the one who has been baptized and keeps the baptism strengthened by the commandments no longer pays death as a debt on account of sin, but accepts its use for the condemnation of sin, mystically sending him on to the divine and endless life—if indeed for the sake of truth and righteousness the saints have bravely completed the course of this present life through many sufferings, having freed in themselves the nature of death from the condemnation that came through sin, and having made the weapon of death, which was for the destruction of nature, into a weapon for the destruction of sin, just as Jesus, the author of their salvation, did. For if sin, in those who work it according to Adam, had death as a weapon for the destruction of nature, much more in those who work the righteousness that is through faith in Christ will nature have death as a weapon for the destruction of sin.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:394 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν, ἀφ᾽ οὗ γέγονε τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως καὶ ἐξεῖλε πάμπαν ὁ σαρκωθεὶς Θεὸς ἐν τοῖς κατ᾽ αὐτὸν Πνεύματι γεννωμένοις τὴν τοῦ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν νόμου τῆς φύσεως γένεσιν, καιρός, ὡς ἔφην, γέγονε τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ, τουτέστι κατακριθῆναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, τὴν τοῦ κατακρίνεσθαι διὰ παθημάτων λαβοῦσαν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πιστῶν καὶ ἐπεγνωκότων τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὴν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος γένεσιν ἀποθεμένων. Τούτους γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν οἶκον Θεοῦ, καθὼς μαρτυρεῖ φάσκων ὁ θειότατος ἀπόστολος Παῦλος· Χριστὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ διὰ τοῦ ἑξῆς λόγου παρίστησι λέγων Πέτρος ἡ κορυφὴ τῶν ἀποστόλων· εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἤρξατο, δηλονότι τὸ κρίμα, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ Εὐαγγελίῳ, ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγεν· εἰ
English
Therefore, since the mystery of the incarnation has come to be and God made flesh has wholly removed, in those who are begotten in the Spirit according to him, the natural generation according to the law of pleasure, the time has come, as I said, for judgment to begin from the house of God—that is, for sin to be condemned, sin having received the beginning of its condemnation through sufferings from the faithful, from those who have known the truth and have set aside the generation according to pleasure through baptism. For these he called the house of God, as the most divine apostle Paul bears witness, saying: Christ, however, is over his own house, whose house we are. And he himself also makes this clear through the following statement, when Peter, the chief of the apostles, says: But if it first began from us—namely, the judgment—what is the end of those who disobey the Gospel of God? As if he were saying: if
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:395 · narrative
Source
ἡμεῖς, ὁ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ γενέσθαι χάριτι διὰ Πνεύματος ἀξιωθέντες, τοσαύτην ὑπὲρ δικαιοσύνης εἰς κατάκρισιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὑπομονὴν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι παθημάτων ὀφείλομεν καὶ ὡς κακοῦργοι τὸν ἐφύβριστον, ἀγαθοὶ τυγχάνοντες, προθύμως ἀποφέρεσθαι θάνατον, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ Εὐαγγελίῳ, τουτέστι, ποῖον ἔσται τὸ τέλος ἤγουν ἡ κρίσις τῶν οὐ μόνον ζῶσάν τε καὶ ἐνεργουμένην κατά τε ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα γνώμῃ τε καὶ φύσει τὴν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ κρατήσασαν τῆς φύσεως γένεσιν μέχρι τέλους διὰ σπουδῆς ἐσχηκότων, ἀλλὰ μήτε προσδεξαμένων ( παρακαλοῦντα τὸν Θεὸν καὶ Πατέρα δι᾽ Υἱοῦ σαρκωθέντος, μήτε μὴν αὐτὸν τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Πατρὸς πρεσβεύοντα μεσίτην καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμῶν εἰς τὸν Πατέρα καταλλαγῆς ἑαυτὸν βουλήσει τοῦ Πατρὸς εἰς τὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν θάνατον κατὰ θέλησιν προϊέμενον, ὅπως δι᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἡμᾶς τοσοῦτον δοξάσῃ, τῷ κάλλει καταφαιδρύνας τῆς οἰκείας θεότητος, ὅσον δι᾽ ἡμᾶς αὐτὸς κατεδέξατο τοῖς ἡμῶν ἀτιμασθῆναι παθήμασιν; Τοῦτο γάρ, ὡς οἶμαι, τυχόν ἐστι τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Εὐαγγέλιον· πρεσβεία Θεοῦ καὶ παράκλησις πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δι᾽ Υἱοῦ σαρκωθέντος καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα καταλλαγῆς μισθὸν δωρουμένου τοῖς πειθομένοις αὐτῷ τὴν ἀγένητον θέωσιν(16). Διὸ σχετλιάζων τοῖς ἐφεξῆς τοὺς ἀπειθεῖς ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολός φησιν· καὶ εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται;
English
We, who have been deemed worthy to become the house of God by grace through the Spirit, ought to show so great an endurance of sufferings for righteousness, unto the condemnation of sin, and, being good, to bear away eagerly, as evildoers, the contumelious death — what is the end of those who disobey the Gospel of God, that is, what will be the end, or rather the judgment, of those who have not only kept the generation according to the pleasure of Adam, living and active in both soul and body, in both will and nature, prevailing over nature, eagerly to the end, but who also did not receive the God and Father who exhorts through the incarnate Son, nor indeed the Mediator and Son himself who intercedes on behalf of the Father and, for the sake of our reconciliation to the Father, by the will of the Father delivers himself willingly to death on our behalf, so that through himself he might glorify us as much as he himself, for our sake, deigned to be dishonored by our sufferings? For this, as I think, is perhaps the Gospel of God: an embassy of God and an exhortation to men through the incarnate Son, and the unbegotten deification granted as a reward to those who obey him, in return for reconciliation with the Father. Therefore the great apostle, indignant at those who disobey in what follows, says: And if the righteous man is scarcely saved, where will the ungodly and sinner appear?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:396 · narrative
Source
δίκαιον λέγων, ὡς εἰκός, τὸν πιστὸν καὶ φύλακα τῆς δοθείσης κατὰ τὸ βάπτισμα χάριτος καὶ διὰ πολλῶν παθημάτων ἀκαθαίρετον διατετηρηκότα τὴν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος υἱοθεσίαν, σωτηρίαν δὲ τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ τοῖς ἀξίοις δοθησομένην πληρεστάτην τῆς θεώσεως χάριν, ἧς μόλις ἐπιτεύξεται καὶ ὁ κατ᾽ ἄκρον πάντων τῶν θείων ἀνθεκτικός, ἀσεβῆ δὲ καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸν τὸν τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀλλότριον χάριτος, ἀσεβῆ μὲν διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν ἀπιστίαν, ἁμαρτωλὸν δὲ διὰ τὴν ζῶσαν ἐν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν φθορὰν τῶν παθημάτων τῆς παλαιότητος γένεσιν. Ἢ τυχὸν ἀσεβῆ μὲν ἐκάλεσεν ὁ λόγος τὸν μόνης παντελῶς ἐστερημένον τῆς κατὰ Χριστὸν ἐπιγνώσεως, ἁμαρτωλὸν δὲ τὸν πιστὸν μέν, παραβάτην δὲ κατ᾽ ἐμὲ τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν ἐντολῶν τῶν καθαρὸν διατηρουσῶν τὸν διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος χιτῶνα τῆς ἀφθαρσίας· ὧν ἡ θέσις, τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς τέ φημι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, τοῖς ἐπιμελουμένοις τῆς μυστικῆς ποσῶς κατείληπται γνώσεως. Τὸ γὰρ ποῦ θέσιν δηλοῖ σαφῶς(17) τοπικῆς ( οὐκ ἀμοιροῦσαν περιγραφῆς· ἧς εἴπερ ἡ τοῦ δικαίου θέσις ἀντιδιαιρεῖται, οὐκ ἔσται ποῦ πάντως κατὰ τὴν θέσιν ὁ δίκαιος, τὴν ὑπὲρ τὸ ποῦ κατὰ τὴν χάριν θέσιν εἰληφὼς αὐτὸν τὸν Θεόν, ὡς ἡ ὑπόσχεσις. Ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς οὐ ποῦ, ἀλλὰ παντὸς ἀσχέτως ἐπέκεινα ποῦ, ἐν ᾧ πάντων τῶν σῳζομένων ἡ ἵδρυσις ἔσται κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον γενοῦ μοι εἰς Θεὸν ὑπερασπιστὴν καὶ εἰς τόπον ὀχυρὸν τοῦ σῶσαί με· οὗτινος πᾶς ὁ μὴ καθοτιοῦν μεθέξων τῆς τοῦ εὖ εἶναι κατὰ τὴν σχέσιν δυνάμεως(18) μέλει σώματος ἐοικὼς ἔσται πάμπαν ἀμοιροῦντι τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ζωτικῆς ἐνεργείας.
English
Calling "righteous," as is likely, the faithful man and guardian of the grace given at baptism, who through many sufferings has kept undestroyed the adoption as sons through the Spirit, and "salvation" the most complete grace of deification to be given by God to the worthy, which even the man who clings to all divine things to the utmost will scarcely attain; and "ungodly" and "sinner" the man alien to the grace of the Gospel—ungodly through unbelief in Christ, sinner through the old birth of the passions living in him according to corruption. Or perhaps the word called "ungodly" the man wholly deprived of the knowledge of Christ alone, and "sinner" the man who is faithful but a transgressor, like me, of the Gospel commandments that keep pure the garment of incorruption received through holy baptism; whose position—I mean that of the ungodly and the sinner—has been grasped in some measure by those who care for mystical knowledge. For "where" clearly indicates position, which is not devoid of local circumscription; and if the position of the righteous is set in opposition to it, the righteous man will certainly not be "where" in respect of position, since he has received as his position in grace, beyond "where," God himself, as the promise says. For God is not "where," but beyond every "where" without relation, in whom will be the establishment of all who are saved, according to what is written: Be to me a God for a protector and for a strong place to save me; and everyone who does not in any way partake of the power of well-being according to relation will be like a body entirely deprived of the life-giving energy of the soul.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:397 · narrative
Source
Ἢ πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ πάντων τῶν σῳζομένων ὁ Θεὸς ἔσται τόπος, ἀπερίγραφός τε καὶ ἀδιάστατος καὶ ἄπειρος, πᾶσι πάντα γινόμενος κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, μᾶλλον δὲ κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τῶν μετὰ γνώσεως ὑπὲρ δικαιοσύνης ἐνταῦθα παθημάτων ἑαυτὸν ἑκάστῳ δωρούμενος, καθάπερ ψυχὴ σώματος μέλεσι κατὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἑκάστῳ μέλει δύναμιν ἑαυτὴν ἐνεργοῦσαν ἐκφαίνουσα καὶ πρὸς τὸ εἶναι δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὰ μέλη συνέχουσα πρὸς ζωὴν συγκρατούμενα, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται, ταύτης ἐστερημένος τῆς χάριτος; Ὁ γὰρ μὴ δυνάμενος ἐνεργουμένην τὴν κατὰ τὸ εὖ εἶναι τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι παρουσίαν ποῦ φανεῖται, τῆς θείας ζωῆς τῆς ὑπὲρ αἰῶνα καὶ χρόνον καὶ τόπον ὑπομείνας τὴν ἔκπτωσιν; Οὐκοῦν, εἴτε κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐπιβολὴν καταφατικῶς ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται, περιγεγραμμένης οὐκ ἔσται ζωῆς τὸ παράπαν ἐλεύθερος(19), τὴν πᾶσαν διαφεύγουσαν περιγραφὴν καὶ παντὸς ἐπέκεινα τόπου ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχων, εἴτε κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν ἀποφατικῶς οὐ ποῦ φανεῖται, τὸν Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχων πρὸς τὸ εὖ εἶναι συνέχοντα τὴν ζωήν, τὸν μέλλοντα πᾶσι γίνεσθαι ( τόπον τοῖς ἀξίοις, πῶς ἔσται, τόπον αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔχων τὸν Θεὸν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι ἐν Θεῷ μονήν τε καὶ ἵδρυσιν; Καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, εἰ μετὰ πολλῆς δυσχερείας ὁ δίκαιος σῴζεται, τί ἔσται ἢ τί πείσεται ὁ μηδένα λόγον εὐσεβείας καὶ ἀρετῆς κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν ποιησάμενος;
English
Or again, since God will be the place of all who are saved, uncircumscribed and undivided and infinite, becoming all things to all in proportion to righteousness, or rather giving himself to each according to the measure of the sufferings endured here with knowledge on behalf of righteousness, just as the soul reveals itself as active in the members of the body according to the power underlying each member and holds the members together through itself for existence, kept together for life—where will the impious and sinful man appear, deprived of this grace? For he who cannot receive the presence of God actively operating according to well-being—where will he appear, having undergone the fall from the divine life that is beyond age and time and place? Therefore, whether in the first affirmation the impious and sinful man is asked "where will he appear," he will not be entirely free from circumscribed life, not having the life that escapes all circumscription and is beyond every place; or whether in the second negation it is asked "where will he not appear," not having God who holds life together for well-being—he who is to become a place for all who are worthy, how will he be so, not having God himself as his place according to the abiding and establishment in God of well-being? And to speak simply, if the righteous man is saved with great difficulty, what will become of, or what will he suffer, the man who has made no account of piety and virtue in the present life?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:398 · narrative
Source
ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ἡδονή καί ὀδύνη, τῇ φύσει φησί τῆς σαρκός οὐ συνεκτίσθησαν· ἀλλ᾿ ἡ παράβασις, τήν μέν ἐπενόησεν εἰς φθοράν τῆς προαιρέσεως· τήν δέ κατεδίκασεν εἰς λύσιν τῆς φύσεως· ἵνα ἡ μέν ἡδονή, ψυχῆς ἑκούσιον ἐργάσηται θάνατον τῆς ἁμαρτίας· ἡ δέ ὀδύνη διά τῆς λύσεως, τήν κατ᾿ εἶδος ποιήσεται τῆς σαρκός ἀπογένεσιν. 2. Ὅτι κατά πρόνοιαν πρός κόλασιν τῆς κατά προαίρεσιν ἡδονῆς, δέδωκεν ὁ Θεός τῇ φύσει τήν παρά προαίρεσιν ὀδύνην, καί τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ θάνατον. 3. Ἡ τῶν ἑκουσίων πόνων ἐπίνοια, καί ἡ τῶν ἀκουσίων ἐπαγωγή, φησίν, ἀφαιροῦνται μέν τήν ἡδονήν, τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν αὐτῆς καταπαύουσαν κίνησιν· οὐκ ἀναιροῦσι δέ τήν ὥσπερ νόμον τῇ φύσει πρός γένεσιν ἐγκειμένην αὐτῆς δύναμιν. Ἡ γάρ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν φιλοσοφία, γνώμης ἀπάθειαν, ἀλλ' οὐ φύσεως ἐργάζεσθαι πέφυκε· καθ᾿ ἥν, δηλαδή τήν γνωμικήν ἀπάθειαν, ἡ κατά νοῦν τῆς θείας ἡδονῆς ἐπιγίνεται χάρις. 4. Ἄδικον ἡδονήν λέγει, τόν ἐκ τῆς παραβάσεως ἐμφυρέντα τῇ φύσει νόμον τῆς ἁμαρτίας.
English
SCHOLIA 1. Pleasure and pain, he says, were not created together with the nature of the flesh; but transgression devised the one for the corruption of the will, and condemned the other for the dissolution of nature; so that pleasure might work the voluntary death of the soul through sin, and pain, through dissolution, might bring about the passing away of the flesh in respect of its form. 2. That by providence, for the punishment of pleasure that is according to the will, God has given to nature the pain that is contrary to the will, and the death that follows upon it. 3. The devising of voluntary labors, he says, and the infliction of involuntary ones, take away pleasure, putting a stop to its movement according to activity; but they do not abolish the power of pleasure that lies implanted in nature, as it were a law, for generation. For the philosophy that is according to virtue is naturally fitted to produce impassibility of the will, but not of nature; and it is according to this, namely impassibility of the will, that the grace of divine pleasure according to the intellect comes upon us. 4. He calls unjust pleasure the law of sin that was implanted in nature from transgression.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:399 · narrative
Source
5. Μέσον ὀφείλοντα πρός τήν τῶν ἄκρων ἀναίρεσιν ἀναδειχθῆναι λέγει, τόν τοῦ Κυρίου πόνον καί θάνατον, ὡς ἡδονῆς ἐσχηκότος ἐλευθέραν τήν γένεσιν, καί ζωῆς ἐμπαθοῦς καθαρόν τόν θάνατον τῆς δι᾿ ἡμᾶς αὐτοῦ θείας σαρκός· καθ᾿ ἥν γένεσίν τε καί γέννησιν καί θάνατον δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἑκουσίως ὑπέμεινεν· ἵνα τήν ἡμῶν ἐξ ἡδονῆς γένεσιν, καί τόν ἐξ ἐμπαθοῦς ( ζωῆς θάνατον, ἀφέλῃ μέσος ἀναφανείς, καί πρός ἑτέραν ἡμᾶς μετάγῃ ζωήν, ἀρχῆς ἐλευθέραν χρονικῆς καί τέλους, ἥν οὐ φύσις ἀλλ᾿ ἡ χάρις δημιουργεῖ. 6. Ὅτι παντελῶς φησιν ἀμήχανον ἦν, τήν φύσιν ὑποβληθεῖσαν τῇ τε κατά προαίρεσιν ἡδονῇ, καί τῇ παρά προαίρεσιν ὀδύνῃ, πάλιν πρός τήν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνακληθῆναι ζωήν, εἰ μή γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος ὁ δημιουργός, προαιρέσει δεχόμενος τήν πρός κόλασιν τῆς κατά προαίρεσιν τῆς φύσεως ἡδονῆς ἐπινοηθεῖσαν ὀδύνην, οὐκ ἔχουσαν προηγουμένην αὐτῆς τήν ἐξ ἡδονῆς γένεσιν· ἵνα τῆς ἐκ καταδίκης ἐλευθερώσῃ τήν φύσιν γεννήσεως, ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἀρχήν οὐκ ἔχουσαν καταδεχόμενος γέννησιν.
English
5. He says that the Lord's pain and death were destined to be shown as the mean for the removal of the extremes, since he had a birth free from pleasure and a death clean of passionate life—the death of his divine flesh for our sake; in which birth, generation, and death he voluntarily endured for us, so that by appearing as a mean he might take away our birth from pleasure and our death from passionate life, and transfer us to another life, free of temporal beginning and end, which not nature but grace creates. 6. For he says it was altogether impossible for nature, once subjected to pleasure according to choice and to pain contrary to choice, to be recalled again to its original life, unless the Creator had become man, receiving by choice the pain devised for the punishment of the pleasure of nature according to choice—pain that did not have its birth from pleasure preceding it—so that he might free nature from the birth that comes from condemnation, by accepting a generation that does not have its beginning from pleasure.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:400 · narrative
Source
7. Τό διά θανάτου τέλος τοῦ Κυρίου. 8. Τῷ παθητῷ δῆλον ὅτι τῆς φύσεως. 9. Πῶς τῆς ὀδύνης πλέον τό κατά φύσιν ἐπιτείνομεν πρόστιμον, διά τῆς ἡδονῆς αὐτήν παραμυθεῖσθαι σπουδάζοντες. 10. Τό μέν σοφόν τοῦ Θεοῦ φησιν, ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι φύσει κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπον δείκνυται· τό δέ δίκαιον, ἐν τῷ παθητόν κατά τήν γένεσιν ὁμοίως ἡμῖν ἀνειληφέναι τῆς φύσεως· τό δέ δυνατόν, ἐν τῷ διά παθημάτων καί θανάτου ζωήν ἀΐδιον τῇ φύσει δημιουργῆσαι, καί ἀπάθειαν ἄτρεπτον. 11. Ὅτι τήν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἡδονήν εἰς ἀθέτησιν τῆς κατά σάρκα γεννήσεως τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ χάριτι διά Πνεύματος γεννωμένων ὁ Κύριος ἀφελόμενος, τόν εἰς καταδίκην τό πρότερον ὄντα τῆς φύσεως, εἰς τήν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισιν αὐτοῖς συγχωρεῖ δέχεσθαι θάνατον. 12. Ἀρχήν ἔσχεν μετά τήν παράβασιν, φησίν, ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως, τήν καθ᾿ ἡδονήν ἐκ σπορᾶς σύλληψιν, καί τέλος τόν κατ᾿ ὀδύνην διά φθορᾶς θάνατον. Ὁ δέ Κύριος ταύτην οὐκ ἔχων ἀρχήν τῆς κατά σάρκα γεννήσεως, οὔτε τῷ τέλει, τουτέστι τῷ θανάτῳ, κατά φύσιν ὑπῆρχεν ἁλωτός. ( 13. Ὅτι τήν εἰς τό μή ὄν ἀπογένεσιν δέξασθαι τήν τῶν γεγονότων φύσιν προσδοκῶν ὁ διάβολος, ἠγωνίσατο τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς παραβάτην δεῖξαι τόν ἄνθρωπον.
English
7. The end of the Lord through death. 8. Clearly, by the passible element of nature. 9. How do we intensify the penalty according to nature beyond the pain, striving to soothe it through pleasure? 10. He says that the wisdom of God is shown in his becoming truly a man by nature; the justice, in his having taken up a nature passible in its generation just as ours; the power, in his creating eternal life for nature through sufferings and death, and unchangeable impassibility. 11. Because the Lord, having taken away the pleasure that comes from the law of sin for the rejection of the fleshly generation of those born in him by grace through the Spirit, permits them to receive the death that was formerly for condemnation of nature as a condemnation of sin. 12. He says that after the transgression the nature of men had a beginning of its own generation—conception through seed according to pleasure—and an end, death through corruption according to pain. But the Lord, not having this beginning of fleshly generation, was not by nature catchable by the end, that is, by death. (13. Because the devil, expecting the nature of created things to receive a departure into non-being, struggled to show man a transgressor of the divine commandment.
Citation. Tergwame, “PG_91A_2”, khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0556 · generated 2026-11-15.